task types - sap partner voor sap cloud erp oplossingen

Product Documentation PUBLICSAP Business ByDesign February 2017

Task Types

Table Of Contents

1 Application and User Management Task Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131.1 Notification – Incident Updated [by Processor] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131.2 Notification – Incident Overdue [for Requester] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141.3 Task – Check Incident [for All Key Users] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151.4 Notification - Incident Updated [by Requester or Provider] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.5 Notification – Incident Overdue [for Processor] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171.6 Task - Specify User and Access Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181.7 Task - Maintain User and Access Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191.8 Task - Explanation Regarding User Authorizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201.9 Task - Solve Connectivity Issue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201.10 Task - Solve Mapping Issue (Incoming Message) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211.11 Task - Solve Mapping Issue (Outgoing Message) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221.12 Notification - Your Access Rights Have Been Changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231.13 Task - Solve Output Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241.14 Task – Confirm IT Control Process Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251.15 Task: Manually Created Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

2 Customer Relationship Management Task Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282.1 Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Business Task - Check Activity Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282.2 Lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Task – Accept or Reject Lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292.3 Opportunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Notification – Opportunity Stalled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302.4 Sales Quote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Task – Approve Sales Quote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Task – Revise Sales Quote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Notification – Sales Quote Approved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

2.5 Customer Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Task – Renew Customer Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

2.6 Service Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Alert - Process Very High Priority Service Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Alert — Initial Response Overdue: Check Service Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Alert – Overdue Completion Date for Service Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

2.7 Service Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Alert - Process Very High Priority Service Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Task - Execute Very High Priority Service Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Alert - Completion Overdue: Check Service Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Alert - Initial Response Overdue: Check Service Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

SAP Business ByDesign February 2017Table Of Contents P U B L I C • © 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved. 3

Alert - Arrival at Customer Overdue: Check Service Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Notification - Spare Part Availability Conflict Occurred for Service Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Notification - Spare Part Availability Conflict Resolved for Service Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

2.8 Customer Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Task – Complete Customer Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Task – Approve Customer Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Task – Revise Customer Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Notification – Customer Return Approved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

2.9 Price or Discount List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Task – Approve Price or Discount List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Notification – Price or Discount List Approved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Task – Revise Price or Discount List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

2.10 Task — Solve Issue in Business Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

3 Financial Management Task Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553.1 General Ledger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Task - Review Reconciliation Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Solve Error in Payment Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Solve Error in Sales, Service, or Purchase Order Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Error Occurred in a Work Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Error in Cash and Liquidity Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Error in Cost Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Error in Fixed Assets Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Error in General Ledger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Error in Inventory Valuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Error in Payables Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Error in Receivables Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Review Balance Carry Forward Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Review Balance Carry Forward Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Solve Error in Expense and Reimbursement Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Solve Error in Goods and Service Acknowledgement Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Solve Error in Inventory and Activity Confirmation Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Solve Error in Invoice Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Solve Error in Production Lot Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Solve Error in Project Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Solve Error in Service Provision Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

3.2 Fixed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Task - Review Fixed Asset — Profit Center Will Expire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Task – Edit Missing Master Data of Asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Task – Edit Missing Master Data of Asset to Enable Posting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Task – Review and Release Changes to Low Value Asset in Set of Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Task – Review and Release Valuation Data for Fixed Asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Task - Review Fixed Asset - Cost Center Will Expire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Review Depreciation Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Review Depreciation Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Segment will Expire - Review the Affected Fixed Asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

4 © 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved. • P U B L I CSAP Business ByDesign February 2017

Table Of Contents

3.3 Inventory Valuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Review Goods Receipt and Invoice Receipt Clearing Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Review Goods Receipt and Invoice Receipt Clearing Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Review Overhead Run for Production Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Review Test of Overhead Run for Production Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Review Work-in-Process Clearing Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Review Work-in-Process Clearing Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

3.4 Cost and Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Alert – Overdue: Adapt Use of Cost Center in Overhead Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Alert – Overdue: Adapt Use of Receiving Cost Center in Distribution Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Alert – Overdue: Adapt Use of Sending Cost Center in Distribution Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Task – Adapt Use of Cost Center in Overhead Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Task – Adapt Use of Receiving Cost Center in Distribution Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Task – Adapt Use of Sending Cost Center in Distribution Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Task – Consider Use of New Cost Center in Distribution Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Task – Consider Use of New Cost Center in Overhead Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Task – Enter Cost Rate for Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Task – Enter Cost Rate for Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Task – Enter Price for Service from Supplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Task – Enter Master Data for Service in the Financials View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Task - Review Account Determination Group for Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Task - Enter Financial Data for Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Review Distribution Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Review Test of Distribution Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Review Overhead Run for Direct Cost Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Review Overhead Run for Overhead Cost Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Review Overhead Run for Service Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Review Test of Overhead Run for Direct Cost Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Review Test of Overhead Run for Overhead Cost Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Review Test of Overhead Run for Service Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Review Revenue Recognition Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Review Test of Revenue Recognition Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

3.5 Payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Edit Missing Data in Foreign Payable Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Task – Review and Clear Payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Task – Review and Complete Clearing for Supplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Task - Review Balance Confirmation Run Payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Task - Review Supplier Payments in Payment Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Edit Missing Data in Foreign Payable Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Review Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Payables Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Review Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Payables Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Review Reclassification of Payables Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Review Reclassification of Payables Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Task — Revise Clearing of Under-/Overpayment to Supplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Task — Revise Supplier Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Task — Revise Under-/Overpayment to Supplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128


3.6 Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Edit Missing Data in Foreign Receivable Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Task - Process Bill of Exchange Deposit with Overdue Bank Confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Task - Process Bill of Exchange Deposit with Overdue Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Task – Review and Clear Receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Task – Review and Complete Clearing for Customer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Task - Review Balance Confirmation Run Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Task - Review Customer Payments in Payment Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Task - Review Dunning Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Edit Missing Data in Foreign Receivable Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Review Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Receivables Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Review Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Receivables Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Review Reclassification of Receivables Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Review Reclassification of Receivables Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Task — Revise Clearing of Under-/Overpayment by Customer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Task — Revise Customer Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Task — Revise Under-/Overpayment by Customer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

3.7 Payment Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Task - Process Check Deposit with Overdue Bank Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Task – Assign Customer/Supplier to the Payment Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Task – Assign Payment Transaction to Payment Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Task – Assign Process Variant Type to Payment Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Task - Authorize or Reauthorize Credit Card Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Task – Process Check Deposit with Overdue Bank Confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Task - Process Check Deposit with Overdue Bank Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Task – Process Overdue Advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Task - Process Overdue Incoming Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Task - Process Uncashed Outgoing Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Review Payment Media Creation Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Review Payment Media Deposit Creation Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Review and Release Bill of Exchange Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Review the Bill of Exchange Cashing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Solve Error in Bank Statement Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Solve Error in Bill of Exchange Cashing Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Solve Error in Clearing Confirmation Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Solve Error in Incoming Cheque Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Solve Error in Incoming Payment Advice Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Solve Error in Payment Card Settlement Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Solve Error in Payment Order Request Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

3.8 Liquidity Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Task - Process New Payment File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Task - Release Bank Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Task - Review Duplicate Bank Directory Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Task - Review Error in File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Task - Review Error in File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Task - Review Errors in Liquidity Forecast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173


Table Of Contents

Task - Review Inconsistent Bank Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Task - Review Processing Timeout for File of Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Review Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Cash Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Review Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Cash Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

3.9 Tax Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Task - Approve Tax Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Task - Approve Tax Payment Difference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Task - Review Tax Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Task - Review and Release Tax Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Task - Review and Release Withholding Tax Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Task - Review and Release Tax Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Task - Revise Tax Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Task - Revise Tax Payment Difference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

3.10 Travel and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Task - Review Expense Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Task - Review Expense Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Task - Review Expense Settlement Recalculation Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Task - Revise Expense Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

3.11 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Alert - Activate Expense Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Alert - Approve Expense Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Alert - Review Expense Settlement Recalculation Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Notification – Expense Report Approved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Notification - Expense Reports Exists for Employee - Employment Terminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Task - Approve Clearing of Under-/Overpayment to Supplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Task - Approve Under-/Overpayment to Supplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Task - Approve Under-/Overpayment by Customer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Task - Approve Expense Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Task - Approve Manual Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Task - Approve Supplier Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Task - Approve Customer Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Alert - Review Expense Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Bank Statement Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Manual Payment Approved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Manual Payment Rejected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Notification – Expense Report Rejected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Solve Error in Clearing Request Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Solve Error in Foreign Receivable Payable Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Solve Error in Payment Confirmation Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Solve Error in Receivables Payables Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

4 Human Resources Task Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2164.1 Personnel Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Task - Complete Payroll Data - Austria (Hire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Task - Complete Payroll Data - Austria (Rehire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Task - Complete Payroll Data - China (Hire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217


Task - Complete Payroll - China (Rehire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Task - Complete Payroll Data - France (Hire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Task - Complete Payroll Data - France (Rehire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Task - Complete Payroll Data - Germany (Hire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Task - Complete Payroll Data - Germany (Rehire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Task - Complete Payroll Data - India (Hire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Task - Complete Payroll Data - India (Rehire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Task - Complete Payroll Data - Switzerland (Hire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Task - Complete Payroll Data - Switzerland (Rehire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Task - Complete Payroll Data - UK (Hire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Task - Complete Payroll Data - UK (Rehire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Task - Complete Payroll Data – US (Hire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Task - Complete Payroll Data - US (Rehire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Task - Overdue: Complete Payroll Data (Hire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Task - Overdue: Complete Payroll Data (Rehire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Task - Solve Error in Personnel Administration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

4.2 Time Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Notification - Cancellation of Employee Time Approved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Notification - Cancellation of Employee Time Rejected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Notification - Cancellation of Time Rejected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Notification - Change of Time Rejected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Notification - Employee Time Rejected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Notification - Review Employee Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Notification - Request Entered by Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Task - Complete Time Data (Hire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Task - Complete Time Data (Rehire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Task - Overdue: Complete Time Data (Hire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Task - Overdue: Complete Time Data (Rehire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Task - Overdue: Review Time Data (Termination) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Task - Overdue: Review Time Data (Transfer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Task - Resolve Error after Uploading of Recorded Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Task - Review Time Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Task - Review Time Data (Termination) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Task - Review Time Data (Transfer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Task - Solve Error in Time and Labor Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

4.3 Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Task - Complete Compensation Data (Hire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Task - Complete Compensation Data (Rehire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Task - Overdue: Complete Compensation Data (Hire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Task - Overdue: Complete Compensation Data (Rehire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Task - Overdue: Review Compensation Data (Transfer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Task - Overdue: Review Compensation Data (Termination) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Task - Review Compensation Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Task - Review Compensation Data (Transfer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Task - Review Compensation Data (Termination) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Task - Review Pay Type Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255


Table Of Contents

Task - Review Time Account Type Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Task - Review Time Type Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Task - Solve Error in Compensation Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

4.4 Payroll Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Notification - Snapshot Created Without Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Task - Download Data Files to Desktop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Task - Download Synchronization Files to Desktop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Task - Snapshot Created with Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Task - Solve Error in Creating Data Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Task - Solve Error in Creating Data Synchronization Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Task - Solve Snapshot Creation Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

4.5 Employee Leave Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Notification - Leave Request Approved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Notification - Leave Request Cancelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Notification - Leave Request Rejected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Notification - Leave Requested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Task - Approve Cancellation of Leave Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Task - Approve Leave Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

5 Project Management Task Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2715.1 Task - Approve Project Baseline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2715.2 Task - Approve Project Baseline (Multi-Step Approval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2725.3 Task - Revise Project Baseline (Multi-Step Approval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2735.4 Task - Revise Project Baseline (Multi-Step Approval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2745.5 Task - Revise Project Baseline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2745.6 Task – Approve Shopping Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2755.7 Task – Approve Purchase Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2765.8 Task – Approve Goods and Services Receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2785.9 Notification - Project Baseline Approved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2795.10 Notification - Purchase Order with Reference to Project was Created or Updated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2805.11 Task - Solve Business Document Inconsistency in Invoice Request to Process Invoicing Confirmation 2815.12 Task - Approve Project Purchase Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2825.13 Notification - Project Purchase Request Approved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2845.14 Notification - Project Purchase Request Rejected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2845.15 Task - Revise Project Purchase Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2855.16 Task — Review and Release Project Invoice Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2865.17 Task — Solve Issue When Creating Project Invoice Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2875.18 Task - Solve Business Document Inconsistency in Project to Process Employee Time Confirmation . 2895.19 Task - Solve Business Document Inconsistency in Project to Process Expense Notification . . . . . . . 2905.20 Task - Solve Business Document Inconsistency in Project to Process Purchase Order Notification . . 2915.21 Task- Solve Business Document Inconsistency in Project to Process Purchasing Confirmation . . . . 2925.22 Task - Solve Business Document Inconsistency in Project to Process Purchasing Notification . . . . 2935.23 Task - Solve Business Document Inconsistency in Project to Process Task Assignment Notification 2945.24 Task - Solve Business Document Inconsistency in Project-Related Sales Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2955.25 Task - Solve Configuration Inconsistency in Business Topic "Project Invoicing" to Process Invoicing

Confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296


5.26 Task - Solve Configuration Inconsistency in Business Topic "Sell Project-Based Services" to ProcessProject-Related Sales Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

5.27 Task - Solve Configuration Inconsistency in Project to Process Employee Time Confirmation . . . . . 2985.28 Task - Solve Configuration Inconsistency in Project to Process Expense Notification . . . . . . . . . . . 2995.29 Task - Solve Configuration Inconsistency in Project to Process Purchase Order Notification . . . . . . 3005.30 Task - Solve Configuration Inconsistency in Project to Process Purchasing Confirmation . . . . . . . . 3015.31 Task - Solve Configuration Inconsistency in Project to Process Purchasing Notification . . . . . . . . . 3025.32 Task - Solve Configuration Inconsistency in Project to Process Task Assignment Notification . . . . . 3035.33 Task - Solve Lock Issue in Invoice Request to Process Invoicing Confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3045.34 Task - Solve Lock Issue in Project to Process Employee Time Confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3055.35 Task - Solve Lock Issue in Project to Process Expense Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3065.36 Task - Solve Lock Issue in Project to Process Purchase Order Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3075.37 Task - Solve Lock Issue in Project to Process Purchasing Confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3085.38 Task - Solve Lock Issue in Project to Process Purchasing Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3095.39 Task - Solve Lock Issue in Project to Process Task Assignment Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3105.40 Task - Solve Lock Issue in Project-Related Sales Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

6 Supplier Relationship Management Task Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3126.1 Shopping Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Task – Approve Shopping Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Task – Revise Shopping Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Notification – Shopping Cart Approved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Notification – Shopping Cart Rejected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Notification - One or More Items in Shopping Cart Canceled by Buyer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

6.2 Request for Quotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Task - Check RFQ; Submission Deadline Passed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

6.3 Supplier Quote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318Task - Complete Supplier Quote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318Task - Check Receipt Date/Time for Supplier Quote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Task - Check Supplier Quote Submitted for Contract Renewal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

6.4 Purchasing Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Task - Complete Purchasing Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Task – Approve Purchasing Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Task – Revise Purchasing Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Task - Check Expired Purchasing Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Task - Price Validity Period of Purchasing Contract Item Ends Soon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Notification - Business Partner Not Maintained as Supplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Notification - Approved Purchasing Contract Changed After Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Notification – Purchasing Contract About to Expire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

6.5 Purchase Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Task – Assign Supplier to Purchase Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Task – Escalation: Assign Supplier to Purchase Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330Task - Check Purchase Request Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331Task - Resolve Critical Purchase Request Inconsistency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332Notification - Purchase Request Item Canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

6.6 Purchase Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334


Table Of Contents

Task - Create Purchase Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Task – Escalation: Create Purchase Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335Task - Complete Purchase Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335Task – Approve Purchase Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Task – Revise Purchase Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338Task - Goods Returned to Supplier; Change Purchase Order if Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339Task - Update of Purchase Order by Goods and Services Receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Notification – Purchase Order Rejected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Notification - Approved Purchase Order Changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

6.7 Purchase Order Acknowledgment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Task – Check Deviating Purchase Order Acknowledgment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

6.8 Goods and Services Receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344Task - Complete Goods and Services Receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344Task – Approve Goods and Services Receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345Task - Revise Goods and Services Receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Notification – Goods and Services Receipt Approved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Notification – Goods and Services Receipt Rejected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

6.9 Supplier Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Task - Complete Supplier Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Task – Approve Supplier Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350Task – Revise Supplier Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351Task - Check Customs Invoices for Canceled Supplier Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352Task - Cancel Invoice if Required; Preceding Purchase Document Canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353Task - Cancel Invoice if Required; Preceding Purchase Document Changed or Blocked . . . . . . . . 354Notification – Supplier Invoice Rejected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Task - Clarify Exceptions for Supplier Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Task - Clarify Invoice Exception Missing/Wrong Internal Information for Supplier Invoice . . . . . . 356Task - Clarify Invoice Exception Missing/Wrong External Information for Supplier Invoice . . . . . . 357Task - Clarify Invoice Exception Missing Goods Receipt or Return for Supplier Invoice . . . . . . . . . 359Task - Clarify Invoice Exception Possible Duplicate for Supplier Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Task - Clarify Invoice Exception Price Variance for Supplier Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361Task - Clarify Invoice Exception Quantity Variance for Supplier Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362Task - Clarify Invoice Exception Tax Variance for Supplier Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363Task - Clarify Invoice Exception Others for Supplier Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

6.10 Task — Solve Issue in Business Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

7 Supply Chain Management Task Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3687.1 Task – Accept or Reprocess Inbound Deviation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3687.2 Task – Accept or Reprocess Internal Deviation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3697.3 Task – Accept or Reprocess Outbound Deviation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3707.4 Task – Approve Count Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3717.5 Task — Solve Issue in Business Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

8 Business Analytics and Collaboration Task Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3758.1 Task — Check KPI Evaluation: Status Has Become Critical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375


8.2 Task — Check KPI Evaluation: Status Has Changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3758.3 Task — Check KPI Evaluation: Status Has Disimproved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376


Table Of Contents

1 Application and User Management Task Types

1.1 Notification – Incident Updated [by Processor]

OverviewThe system creates this notification to inform the requester that the processor has added new information to theincident.The default priority of this notification is the same as that of the incident but you can change it if required.This notification has no due date, but expires automatically on the date specified in business configuration.

RelevanceThis notification appears in the worklist of the requester because the processor has added new information to theincident without changing its status.The relevant user receives this notification in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseYou can open the incident by clicking the link in the Subject field and view the changes that have been made, but noaction is required on your part.For more information, see the documentation on Working with Incidents.

You can confirm the notification by choosing Actions Acknowledge . If you do not do so, the notification expiresautomatically on the date specified in business configuration. The notification is removed from the worklist if theincident is completed or the processor returns the incident to the requester.

Configuration

Configuration settings are normally performed by your key user. If you do not have the required authorization,contact your key user.

This notification is activated by default in the Business Task Management for Incident Management fine-tuningactivity. It is possible to deactivate it and also to specify the expiry date of the notification in this activity.To find this activity, go to the Business Configuration work center and choose the Implementation Projects view.Select your implementation project and click Open Activity List . Select the Fine-Tune phase, then select the BusinessTask Management for Incident Management activity from the activity list.Before you can do this, you must add the Business Task Management for Incident Management activity to yourproject. For more information, see Add or Remove Optional Activities in the Further Tasks section of thedocumentation on completing the activity list.

SAP Business ByDesign February 2017Application and User Management Task Types P U B L I C • © 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved. 13

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementQuick Guide for Work Inbox

1.2 Notification – Incident Overdue [for Requester]

OverviewThe system creates this notification to inform the requester that an incident that requires action on his or her parthas not been changed for 30 days and will be completed automatically in a further 60 days if no changes have beenmade to it.The default priority of this notification is the same as that of the incident but you can change it if required.The due date of this notification is 90 days from the date on which the incident was last changed.This notification does not expire automatically, but is removed from the worklist when the requester makes a changeto the incident or when the incident is completed.

RelevanceIf an incident requires action on the part of the requester and no changes have been made to it for 30 days, thisnotification is sent to the requester.The relevant user receives this notification in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this notification, open the incident for editing by clicking the link in the Subject field and choose oneof the following courses of action:

● If the status of the incident is Requester Action, the processor has returned the incident to you with aquestion and you can: ○ Add your reply and return the incident to the processor ○ Cancel the incident if it is no longer valid

● If the status of the incident is Solution Proposed, you can: ○ Accept the proposed solution, thereby completing the incident ○ Reject the proposed solution and return the incident to the processor ○ Cancel the incident if it is no longer valid

For more information about performing these actions, see the documentation on Working with Incidents..Once you have performed one of these actions, the system completes the notification and removes it from yourworklist.If you return the incident to the processor, the system sends the Check Incident [for Processor] task to the processorto inform him or her that action is required on his or her part.If you choose not to respond to this notification, the system completes the incident 90 days after the last changewas made to it, and also completes the notification and removes it from your worklist.


Application and User Management Task Types

Configuration

Configuration settings are normally performed by your key user. If you do not have the required authorization,contact your key user.

This notification is activated by default in the Business Task Management for Incident Management fine-tuningactivity. It is possible to deactivate it in this activity.To find this activity, go to the Business Configuration work center and choose the Implementation Projects view.Select your implementation project and click Open Activity List . Select the Fine-Tune phase, then select the BusinessTask Management for Incident Management activity from the activity list.Before you can do this, you must add the Business Task Management for Incident Management activity to yourproject. For more information, see Add or Remove Optional Activities in the Further Tasks section of thedocumentation on completing the activity list.The attributes of this notification are fully predefined and cannot be configured.

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementQuick Guide for Work Inbox

1.3 Task – Check Incident [for All Key Users]

OverviewThe system creates this task to inform all key users that a new incident has been reported and needs to be assigneda processor.The default priority of this task is the same as that of the incident but you can change it if required.This task has no due date and does not expire automatically, but is removed from the worklist when a processor hasbeen assigned to the incident or the requester cancels the incident.

RelevanceThis task appears in the worklist of all key users when a new incident is reported, since any key user can take overthe incident for processing or assign another key user as the processor of the incident.The relevant users receive this task in the Work view of the Application and User Management work center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, open the incident for editing by clicking the link in the Subject field and choose one of thefollowing courses of action:

● Take over the incident for processing


● Assign another key user as the processor of the incident

For more information about performing these actions, see the Incidents Quick Guide (Application and UserManagement).Once you have performed one of these actions, the system completes the task and removes it from your worklistand from the worklists of all other key users.The system sends the Check Incident [for Processor] task to the processor to inform him or her that action is requiredon his or her part.

ConfigurationThe attributes of this task are fully predefined and cannot be configured.

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementQuick Guide for Work (in Application and User Management)

1.4 Notification - Incident Updated [by Requester or Provider]

OverviewThe system creates this notification to inform the processor that the requester or provider has added newinformation to the incident.The default priority of this notification is the same as that of the incident but you can change it if required.This notification has no due date, but expires automatically on the date specified in business configuration.

RelevanceThis notification appears in the worklist of the processor of an incident when the requester or provider adds newinformation to the incident without changing its status.The relevant user receives this notification in the Work view of the Application and User Management work center.

ResponseYou can open the incident by clicking the link in the Subject field and view the changes that have been made, but noaction is required on your part.For more information, see the Incidents Quick Guide (Application and User Management).

You can confirm the notification by choosing Actions Acknowledge . If you do not do so, the notification expiresautomatically on the date specified in business configuration. The notification is removed from the worklist whenthe incident is completed.



ConfigurationThis notification is activated by default in the Business Task Management for Incident Management fine-tuningactivity. It is possible to deactivate it and also to specify the expiry date of the notification in this activity.To find this activity, go to the Business Configuration work center and choose the Implementation Projects view.Select your implementation project and click Open Activity List . Select the Fine-Tune phase, then select the BusinessTask Management for Incident Management activity from the activity list.Before you can do this, you must add the Business Task Management for Incident Management activity to yourproject. For more information, see Add or Remove Optional Activities in the Further Tasks section of thedocumentation on completing the activity list.


1.5 Notification – Incident Overdue [for Processor]

OverviewThe system creates this notification to inform the processor that an incident that requires action on his or her parthas not been changed for 30 days and will be completed automatically in a further 60 days if no changes have beenmade to it.The default priority of this notification is the same as that of the incident but you can change it if required.The due date of this notification is 90 days from the date on which the incident was last changed.This notification does not expire automatically, but is removed from the worklist when the processor makes a changeto the incident or when the incident is completed.

RelevanceIf an incident requires action on the part of the processor and no changes have been made to it for 30 days, thisnotification is sent to the processor.The relevant user receives this notification in the Work view of the Application and User Management work center.

ResponseTo respond to this notification, open the incident for editing by clicking the link in the Subject field and choose oneof the following courses of action:

● Propose a solution to the requester ● Ask the requester a question or reply to a question from the requester ● Ask the provider a question or reply to a question from the provider

For more information about performing these actions, see the Incidents Quick Guide (Application and UserManagement).


Once you have performed one of these actions, the system completes the notification and removes it from yourworklist.If you return the incident to the requester, the system sends the Check Incident [for Requester] task to the requesterto inform him or her that action is required on his or her part.If you choose not to respond to this notification, the system completes the incident 90 days after the last changewas made to it, and also completes the notification and removes it from your worklist.

ConfigurationThis notification is activated by default in the Business Task Management for Incident Management fine-tuningactivity. It is possible to deactivate it in this activity.To find this activity, go to the Business Configuration work center and choose the Implementation Projects view.Select your implementation project and click Open Activity List . Select the Fine-Tune phase, then select the BusinessTask Management for Incident Management activity from the activity list.Before you can do this, you must add the Business Task Management for Incident Management activity to yourproject. For more information, see Add or Remove Optional Activities in the Further Tasks section of thedocumentation on completing the activity list.The attributes of this notification are fully predefined and cannot be configured.


1.6 Task - Specify User and Access Data

OverviewThis task is created by the system when a user is created. A user is created automatically after the Human Resourcesadministrator enters employee details into the system or after a user is created for a business partner.This type of task has by default medium priority. It has a due date one day after user creation and expires 28 daysafter creation.

RelevanceThe task is relevant for the user's manager. The user's manager receives this task in the Inbox subview of theWork view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, do the following:

● Specify the names of for the new user, and relevant the access restrictions.



● Add the work centers, work center views, and access restrictions a note attached to the task and the forwardthe task to the key user for user and access management.

ConfigurationThe attributes of this task type are fully predefined and cannot be configured.

See AlsoBusiness Task Management

1.7 Task - Maintain User and Access Data

OverviewThis task is created by the system when:

● The user's manager specifies the access rights for a new user and forwards this information to the key userfor user and access management.

● When a new user is created and the system cannot determine the responsible manager. ● When the manager responds to a clarification request.

This type of task has by default medium priority. It has a due date one day after user creation and expires 28 daysafter creation.

RelevanceThe task is relevant for the key user for user and access management. The key user receives this task in the Worksubview of the User and Access Management view in the Application and User Management work center.


● Check the user data, for example, enter a password, and assign the work centers and work center views namedin Notes.

● Create a clarification request if there are any questions and send it back to the user’s manger.




1.8 Task - Explanation Regarding User Authorizations

OverviewThis task is created by the key user for user and access management when he or she needs additional informationto maintain the access rights for a user.This type of task has by default medium priority. It has a due date one day after user creation and expires 28 daysafter creation.

RelevanceThe task is relevant for the user's manager. The user's manager receives this task in the Inbox subview of theWork view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, enter the required information and send the task back to the key user for user and accessmanagement.



1.9 Task - Solve Connectivity Issue

OverviewWhen the transmission of business-to-business (B2B) messages fails due to connectivity problems, the systemcreates a task prompting the user to solve the error. Reasons for connectivity errors may be, for example, wrongpasswords, outdated Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) certificates, system downtimes.The task has medium priority and does not expire automatically.



RelevanceKey users receive this task in the Work view and in the Business Communication Monitoring view of the Applicationand User Management work center.

ResponseTo solve the error and to complete this task, execute the task and follow the solution proposal. The solution proposaloutlined under Error Description and Solution lists the recommended actions and the expected result.You can process the task as follows:

1. In the Work view of the Application and User Management work center, select the Business MessageMonitoring View document type in the Advanced Search.Alternatively, go to the Business Communication Monitoring view of the Application and User Managementwork center and select the Open Tasks show option.

2. In both cases, select the task you want to process, click Edit or click the hyperlink in the Subject column, andnote the solution proposal.For more information, see Connectivity Errors - Troubleshooting.

After you have corrected the error, you can restart the message. If the error cannot be corrected, you can cancelthe message.


See AlsoBusiness Communication Monitoring Quick GuideBusiness Task Management

1.10 Task - Solve Mapping Issue (Incoming Message)

OverviewWhen the transmission of incoming business-to-business (B2B) messages fails due to mapping problems, thesystem creates a task prompting the key user to solve the error. A mapping error may occur, for example, if the unitof measure that the sending system uses for a product is unknow to the SAP Business ByDesign system.The task has medium priority and does not expire automatically.



ResponseTo solve the error and to complete this task, execute the task and follow the solution proposal. The solution proposaloutlined under Error Description and Solution lists the recommended actions and the expected result.You can process the task as follows:

1. In the Work view of the Application and User Management work center, select the Business MessageMonitoring View document type in the Advanced Search.Alternatively, go to the Business Communication Monitoring view of the Application and User Managementwork center and select the Open Tasks show option.

2. In both cases, select the task you want to process, click Edit or click the hyperlink in the Subject column, andnote the solution proposal.




1.11 Task - Solve Mapping Issue (Outgoing Message)

OverviewWhen the transmission of outgoing business-to-business (B2B) messages fails due to mapping problems, thesystem creates a task prompting the user to solve the error. A mapping error may occur, for example, if the reasoncode that the SAP Business ByDesign system uses for the cancellation of a purchase order item is unknown to thereceiving system.The task has medium priority and does not expire automatically.


ResponseTo solve the error and to complete this task, execute the task and follow the solution proposal. The solution proposaloutlined under Error Description and Solution lists the recommended actions and the expected result.



You can process the task as follows:1. In the Work view of the Application and User Management work center, select the Business Message

Monitoring View document type in the Advanced Search.Alternatively, go to the Business Communication Monitoring view of the Application and User Managementwork center and select the Open Tasks show option.

2. In both cases, select the task you want to process, click Edit or click the hyperlink in the Subject column, andnote the solution proposal.




1.12 Notification - Your Access Rights Have Been Changed

OverviewWhen the access rights of an employee change, the system automatically notifies the relevant users. Those whoreceive the notification can use it to acknowledge the change, directly check the revised access rights, or contactthe person responsible in case there is a need for further change.This type of task has by default medium priority. It has a due date one day after user creation and expires 28 daysafter creation.

RelevanceEach notification of this type refers to a particular employee. The relevant user then receives this notification in theInbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this notification, choose one of the following courses of action:

● Open the notification and acknowledge it directly. This action automatically removes the notification fromthe open items worklist in your Inbox subview.

● Open the notification and check the revised access rights: ○ If the revised access rights are correct, acknowledge the notification.


○ If the revised access rights are incorrect, forward the notification to the person responsible for changingaccess rights, adding a note to request further change or information.



1.13 Task - Solve Output Error

OverviewWhen a document is output to a print queue, e-mail address, or fax number and the transmission fails, the documentowner is notified of the output error.

RelevanceThe document owner receives this task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview. Typically, the documentowner is the employee who triggered the output of the document. However, there are the following exceptions: thedocument owner of outgoing checks is always the creator of the check, and in purchasing, the buyer responsible isalways the document owner.Each output error task corresponds to a different type of error. This means that if multiple documents were outputto the same output channel that contains the error, then there could be multiple documents listed in the one outputerror task. By clicking on the title of the output error in the Subject column, you can view all output documents thathave failed due to the error described in the task.Output errors can have various different causes. Some can be fixed by you and others require the support of a keyuser. Always read the detailed error information to find out the best way of solving the error.

It is also possible to access the Output Error screen from the Output History tab of the business document forwhich transmission has failed. In the Output History, a link is provided to the output error screen if a documentoutput has failed. In this case, you only see the error details for the individual document and do not see anyother documents that are affected.

ResponseTo respond to this error:

1. Open the Output Error screen by clicking on the task subject line.2. Read the description and, depending on the type of error, do the following:



● If this error can be solved by you, click Details to view detailed error information about how to solve theerror.

● If this error can only be solved by a key user, click Details to view detailed error information and thencontact your key user.

When a document is successfully resent, it is removed from the list. When all errors have been resolved, then thetask is removed from your inbox. Alternatively, you can delete the task from your work list. For example, if the problemhas already been resolved by other means.



1.14 Task – Confirm IT Control Process Activity

OverviewThe system creates this task to inform a user that he or she needs to document and confirm an IT control processactivity.This type of task always has medium priority.The task automatically expires when the maximum processing time (MPT) has elapsed. The MPT is specified in yourservice agreement with SAP. If you do not complete this task within the MPT, the activity is automatically confirmedand closed.

RelevanceThis task appears in the worklist of the user who has been assigned as the processor of the IT control process activity.The relevant user receives this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, perform the following steps:

1. Open the activity from the task and carry out the steps described there.2. Document your actions in the Comment field.

You can also add an attachment or incident report if necessary.3. Save the activity.

The task is removed from your inbox.


Configuration

Configuration settings are normally performed by your key user. If you do not have the required authorization,contact your key user. You can activate a reminder function that will set the priority of the task to High aftera set time has elapsed.

It is possible to configure certain elements of this task type using the IT General Controls fine-tuning activity.To find this activity, go to the Business Configuration work center and choose the Implementation Projects view.Select your implementation project and click Open Activity List . Select the Fine-Tune phase, then select the ITGeneral Controls activity from the activity list.

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementIT Control ProcessesIT Compliance Quick Guide

1.15 Task: Manually Created Tasks

OverviewYou can create tasks in any business context.You manually create a task in regard to a related business document. You enter the subject, provide details by addinga note or attachments, and send the task to a selected recipient. The list of potential recipients available from theTo field is restricted to users who have access rights to the related business document for which you create the task.Manually created tasks have the default priority Medium and are due within seven days. They must be completedmanually by the recipient.

RelevanceThe user receives manually created tasks in the Inbox of the Work work center view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo complete a manually created task, refer to the information provided by the sender. Open the details of the relatedbusiness document and take the appropriate actions to solve the business issue.Manually created tasks are created outside the standard business scenario context and offer the user a wider choiceof actions. Therefore, there are no set actions that must always be used to complete a manually created task. Therecipient must decide which actions are appropriate.Once you have carried out the appropriate actions to solve the business issue, you must complete the manuallycreated task. From the Inbox of the Work view in the Home work center, select the corresponding task. From

Actions , click Complete. You can also complete the task by opening the details of the task and clicking Actions and choosing Complete.If you do not respond to the manually created task, it remains in your work list. Manually created tasks are not closedautomatically by the system.



ConfigurationThe attributes of manually created tasks are fully predefined and cannot be configured.

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementWorking with Tasks, Notifications, and Alerts


2 Customer Relationship Management TaskTypes

2.1 Activity

2.1.1 Business Task - Check Activity Task

OverviewWhen a particular activity task needs to be processed, a notification of this type is sent to the relevant employee whois entered as the processor of this activity task.A notification of this type always has high priority, even though the reference activity task could have another priority.A notification of this type is overdue when the due date specified in the activity task has been exceeded. You mustprocess and close the activity task before this date is reached.

RelevanceA notification of this type is sent to the first processor of the activity task. Processors can be entered manually fora particular activity task. You can display the relevant activity task in the Activity view in the Account Managementwork center.The relevant users receive this task in the Inbox sub view of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this notification, choose one of the following courses of action:

● To work on the activity task, open it by clicking on the hyperlink of the notification, and navigate to the activitytask. After you have finished, close the activity task by setting the status to Closed and the fulfillment to 100%.

● To assign this task to another employee, open the activity task and change the processor

Both actions automatically remove the task from your inbox.

ConfigurationThe attributes of this notification type are fully predefined and cannot be configured.

See AlsoActivity ManagementActivities Quick Guide


Customer Relationship Management Task Types

Business Task Management

2.2 Lead

2.2.1 Task – Accept or Reject Lead

OverviewWhen a user in the marketing department creates a lead and hands it over to the sales department, the systemautomatically sends a task to the responsible sales representative, so that he or she can continue to work on it. Thesales representative can accept the lead to continue working on it, or reject it if he or she is not interested.By default, this type of task has high priority; however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.

RelevanceThis task is relevant if the approval process for leads has been activated in business configuration.The system automatically assigns the task to the sales representative who is responsible for this account. This canbe changed manually.The relevant sales representative receives this task in the worklist of the New Business work center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, choose one of the following courses of action:

● Accept the lead. The lead status changes to Accepted. ● Reject the lead. The lead status changed to Rejected.

The sales representative must enter a reason for accepting or rejecting the lead.Both actions automatically remove the task from your inbox.

ConfigurationIt is possible to

● Activate or deactivate the lead approval process during scoping in business configuration ● Configure certain elements of this task type using the Business Task Management for New Business fine-

tuning activity

See AlsoLead ProcessingQuick Guide for Leads (in Marketing)Quick Guide for Leads (in New Business)Business Task Management

SAP Business ByDesign February 2017Customer Relationship Management Task Types P U B L I C • © 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved. 29

2.3 Opportunity

2.3.1 Notification – Opportunity Stalled

OverviewIf an opportunity remains too long in a certain phase, then it is said to be stalled. In this case, the system notifies themanager of the sales representative who is responsible for the opportunity.This type of notification has priority high as a default.A notification of this type expires automatically 14 days after it has been created.

RelevanceIf Opportunity Management has been activated in business configuration, this notification is sent to the salesmanager.The relevant sales manager receives this notification in the Inbox of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseSince this notification is used for information purposes only, no further action is required.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure the default priority and the number of days that the notification should remain in the Inbox.

See AlsoOpportunity ProcessingOpportunities Quick GuideBusiness Task Management



2.4 Sales Quote

2.4.1 Task – Approve Sales Quote

OverviewWhen a user submits a sales quote, the system automatically sends an approval task to the responsible line managerof the employee responsible of the sales quote if certain predefined thresholds have been exceeded. The line managercan then approve the sales quote or send it back to the requester if it needs to be changed.By default, this type of task has high priority; however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.By default, the due date is set to two days after creation of the task. A task of this type does not expire automatically.You must process and close the task before it expires.

RelevanceA task of this type is relevant if the approval process for sales quotes has been activated in business configuration,and if the defined thresholds (for example, the net value) have exceeded the approval limit.The relevant users receive this task in the Approval view in the Managing My Area work center.


● Approve the sales quoteIn this case, the sales quote automatically triggers the sales quote output, depending on the output settingsfor the customer. For example, if the default output setting for the customer is e-mail, the sales quote is sentby e-mail to the customer after your approval.

● Send back for revisionIn this case, the approval status of the sales quote changes to In Revision and the employee responsible needsto revise the quote. You can enter a comment to request relevant changes that will be displayed underApproval Note for the sales quote.These actions automatically remove the task from your inbox.

● Forward task to another approverIn exceptional cases you can forward the task to another user.


● Activate or deactivate the sales quote approval process during scoping in business configuration ● Configure certain elements of this task type using the Approval for Sales Quotes fine-tuning activity.


See AlsoSales Quote ProcessingSales Quotes Quick GuideBusiness Task Management

2.4.2 Task – Revise Sales Quote

OverviewIf the line manager sends a sales quote back for revision, the system automatically sends a revision task to therelevant employee responsible of the sales quote. The employee responsible must then rework the sales quote andresubmit it to the line manager for approval.

RelevanceA task of this type is relevant if the approval process for sales quotes has been activated in business configuration,and if the line manager does not approve a sales quote and has sent it back for revision. The system automaticallyassigns this revision task to the employee responsible of the sales quote.The relevant users receive this task in the Sales Quote My Uncompleted Tasks query in the Sales Quote view in theNew Business work center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, rework the sales quote so that it can be approved. Check under Approval Note in the salesquote to see whether there are any comments from the line manager, stating what needs to be corrected.After revising the sales quote, resubmit it to restart the approval process. The approval status remains In Revisionuntil you have submitted the sales quote.The task is removed from your inbox after you have submitted the sales quote.


● Activate or deactivate the sales quote approval process during scoping in business configuration ● Configure certain elements of this task type using the Approval for Sales Quote fine-tuning activity




2.4.3 Notification – Sales Quote Approved

OverviewIf the line manager approves a sales quote, the system automatically notifies the relevant employee responsible thatthe sales quote has been approved. This notification is used for information purposes.

RelevanceThis notification is relevant if a sales quote has been approved by the line manager of the employee responsible. Thesystem automatically assigns the notification to the employee responsible of the sales quote.The relevant users receive this notification in the Sales Quote My Work query in the Sales Quote view in the NewBusiness work center.

ResponseSince this notification is used for information purposes only, no further action is required. You can check underApproval Note in the sales quote to see whether there are any comments from the line manager.After the line manager has given approval, the sales quote is automatically printed out, or faxed or e-mailed to theaccount, depending on the output settings proposed or maintained in the sales quote.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this notification type using the Approval for Sales Quotes fine-tuningactivity.


2.5 Customer Contract

2.5.1 Task – Renew Customer Contract

OverviewThe system automatically sends a renewal task to the contract administrator before a contract expires. This task issent based on the time period entered in the Reminder field of the customer contract. For example, if you enter 30


days, the system contacts the contract administrator 30 days before contract end. The administrator can thencontact the customer to renew the existing contract, or negotiate a new one.By default, this type of task:

● Has normal priority ● Has no due date ● Expires automatically 7 days after the contract end date

These defaults can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.

RelevanceA task of this type is relevant if you work with customer contracts related to services, and require an automaticprocess to alert responsible employees that a contract is about to expire and action needs to be taken.Customer contracts are available in the Sales and Service areas.

ResponseThe contract administrator specified in the contract receives this task in the work inbox.He or she can forward the task, or complete it manually after concluding the renewal process.

ConfigurationCustomer Contracts must be scoped in business configuration, and the related fine-tuning for Renewal andCancellation for Customer Contracts option completed.

See AlsoCustomer Contracts Quick GuideBusiness Task Management

2.6 Service Request

2.6.1 Alert - Process Very High Priority Service Request

OverviewWhen a service request is created, a priority is given to it to reflect the urgency of the incident. After the request hasbeen reported, a service processor can provide solutions to the end user using the service request. If the priority ofthe service request is very high, immediate attention is required, and the system sends a task to the processorentered in the main data of the service request.This type of task always has very high priority.



A task of this type has no due date and does not expire automatically. You should process and close the task as soonas possible.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns the task to the processor displayed on the General Data tab of the service request,since this person is the main responsible for resolving the customer issue.The relevant users receive this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, do the following, check the request details and start working on this request as soon aspossible.The task is removed from your inbox when the service request is resolved and the status set to closed.If you choose not to respond to this task, select the task in the Inbox and choose Ask for Clarification.

ConfigurationThis task can be deselected using the Business Task Management for Service Desk fine-tuning activity.The attributes of this task type are fully predefined and cannot be configured.

See AlsoService Request ProcessingService Requests Quick GuideBusiness Task Management

2.6.2 Alert — Initial Response Overdue: Check Service Request

OverviewWhen a service request is created, a date and time by which the customer must receive a first response to his serviceinquiry is calculated as part of a service level determination step and displayed in the service request. This deadlineis monitored by the system, depending on the settings defined in the service level. If the deadline is exceeded, analert is sent to the processor of the service request.This type of task always has very high priority.The alert has no due date as an immediate reaction is expected.A task of this type does not expire automatically. You must process and close the task.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns the task to the processor of the service request with information on when theinitial response for this service request must be made.


This task is created if the processor has not replied to the customer before the deadline.In this case, the service request initial reaction is not compliant with the service level defined for such servicerequests.The relevant users receive this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, open the service request details, check the incident description, internal comments ifavailable, and the current status. Create a reply to the customer with information on how to solve the issue. If this isnot possible, at least inform the customer that the service request is now in process and that a solution will beprovided by a certain date/time.To reply to the customer, go to the Notes and Historytab and select Reply to Customer from the dropdown list. Thealert is removed from your Inbox after you have done this and chosen Submit.If you choose not to respond to this alert, it will stay in the Inbox.

ConfigurationThis alert can be deselected using the Business Task Management for Customer Care fine-tuning activity.It is possible to configure certain elements of this alert using theBusiness Task Management for Service Desk fine-tuning activity.


2.6.3 Alert – Overdue Completion Date for Service Request

OverviewWhen a service request is created, a date and time by which the service request must be completed is calculated aspart of a service level determination step and displayed in the service request. This deadline is monitored by thesystem, depending on the settings defined in the service level. If the deadline is exceeded, an alert is sent to theprocessor of the service request.This type of task always has very high priority.The alert has no due date as an immediate reaction is expected.A task of this type does not expire automatically. You must process and close the task.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns the task to the processor of the service request with information on when theservice request must be completed.



This task is created if one of the following situations applies: ● The processor has not completed the service request yet ● The processor has replied to the customer but has not yet set the status of the service request to Closed,

indicating that the customer issue has been solved.

In both cases, the service request completion is not compliant with the service level defined for such service requests.The relevant users receive this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, open the service request details, check the current status of the service request, and seewhether the service request has been handed over. If necessary, check these details with the former processor. Thenchoose one of the following courses of action:

● Write a reply to the customer with the requested information to solve the issue. To do this, go to the Notesand History tab and select Reply to Customer from the dropdown list. You can also attach knowledge basearticles and other kinds of attachments to provide the necessary information to the customer. Once the issuehas been solved, set the service request to Closed.

● If the customer replies and informs you that the issue has been solved, simply set the service request toClosed.

The alert is removed from your Inbox after you have done this. If you choose not to respond to this alert, it will stayin the work Inbox.

ConfigurationThis alert can be deselected using the Business Task Management for Customer Care fine-tuning activity.


2.7 Service Order

2.7.1 Alert - Process Very High Priority Service Order

OverviewWhen a service order is created, a priority is given to it to reflect the urgency of the incident. If the priority of theservice order is very high, immediate attention is required, and the system sends a task to the processor entered inthe main data of the service order.This type of task always has very high priority.


A task of this type has no due date and does not expire automatically. You should process and close the task as soonas possible.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns the task to the processor displayed on the General Data tab of the service order,since this person is the main responsible for planning and dispatching the order.The relevant users receive this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, check the order details, add any necessary additional details, and release the order for serviceexecution as soon as possible.The task is removed from your inbox when the service order is fulfilled or cancelled.If you choose not to respond to this task, navigate to the service order and change the processor to the appropriateperson. The task responsible will be automatically changed to the new processor.

ConfigurationThis task can be deselected using the Business Task Management for Field Service and Repair fine-tuning activity.The attributes of this task type are fully predefined and cannot be configured.

See AlsoService Order ProcessingService Order Processing Quick GuideBusiness Task Management

2.7.2 Task - Execute Very High Priority Service Order

OverviewWhen a service order is created, a priority is given to it to reflect the urgency of the incident. After the order has beenplanned and dispatched to a service performer, it is released for execution. If the priority of the service order is veryhigh, immediate attention is required, and the system sends a task to the service performer entered in the main dataof the service order.This type of task always has very high priority.A task of this type has no due date and does not expire automatically. You should process and close the task as soonas possible.



RelevanceThe system automatically assigns the task to the service performer displayed on the General Data tab of the serviceorder, since this person is the main responsible for executing the order.The relevant users receive this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, do the following, check the order details and start working on this order as soon as possible.If required, create a service confirmation after execution of the order and release it.The task is removed from your inbox when the service order is fulfilled or cancelled.If you choose not to respond to this task, do the following

● In the work inbox, select the task and choose Ask for clarification.This task then appears in the order dispatcher’s work inbox, so that he or she is informed formally.

● Alternatively you can contact your order dispatcher directly via phone, e-mail or other informalcommunication channels.

Either way, your order dispatcher needs to navigate to the service order and change the service performer on theGeneral Data tab to the appropriate person. After that, the task responsible is changed automatically to the newservice performer.

ConfigurationThis task can be deselected using the Business Task Management for Field Service and Repair fine-tuning activity.The attributes of this task type are fully predefined and cannot be configured.


2.7.3 Alert - Completion Overdue: Check Service Order

OverviewWhen a service order is created, a date and time by which the service order must be completed is calculated as partof a service level determination step and displayed in the service order. This deadline is monitored by the system,depending on the settings defined in the service level. If the deadline is exceeded, an alert is sent to the processorof the service order.This type of task always has very high priority.The alert has no due date as an immediate reaction is expected.


A task of this type does not expire automatically. You must process and close the task.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns the task to the processor of the service order with information on when the serviceorder must be completed.This task is created if one of the following situations applies:

● The service performer has not executed the order yet ● The service performer has executed the order, but has not yet created a service confirmation to report the

work done ● The service performer has created a service confirmation, but has forgotten to enter the Fixed On date and

time.

In all cases, the order execution is not compliant with the service level defined for such orders.The relevant users receive this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, open the order details, check with the service performer what the current status is, andchoose one of the following courses of action:

● Ask the service performer to enter a service confirmation, if this has not already been done, and to enter theFixed On date to state when the incident has been fixed. Cancel the service order or have the service performerdo this.

● Set the task manually to Completed.

The alert is removed from your inbox after one of these actions has taken place. If you choose not to respond to thisalert, it will stay in the work Inbox.

ConfigurationThis alert can be deselected using the Business Task Management for Field Service and Repair fine-tuning activity.It is possible to configure certain elements of this alert using the Business Task Management for Field Service andRepair fine-tuning activity.




2.7.4 Alert - Initial Response Overdue: Check Service Order

OverviewWhen a service order is created, the system calculates the date by which a response must be monitored for thisservice order; this date is entered automatically in the Initial Response By field. This calculation is one of the stepsthat is carried out in service level determination. The system monitors this due date, depending on the settingsspecified for the service level. When the time point is overdue, an alert is sent to the processor of the service order.The processor must then check with the service performer regarding further action to be taken.This type of task has always very high priority.The alert has no due date as an immediate reaction is expected.A task of this type does not expire automatically. You must process and close the task.

RelevanceThe date calculated in the Initial Response By field has been exceeded, and the status of the service order is still onOpen, indicating that an initial response has not yet been made.The system automatically assigns the alert to the processor of the service order.The relevant users receive this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this alert, open the service order and release it for execution. The status of the service order thenchanges automatically from Open to In process.This action sets the alert automatically to Completed and removes it from your inbox. A cancellation of the orderalso completes the alert.If you choose not to respond to this alert, it will stay in the work Inbox.




2.7.5 Alert - Arrival at Customer Overdue: Check Service Order

OverviewWhen a service order is created, the system calculates the date by which the service performer must arrive at thecustomer; this date is entered automatically in the Arrival-at-Customer-By field. This calculation is one of the stepsthat is carried out in service level determination. The system monitors this due date, depending on the settingsspecified for the service level. When the time point is overdue, an alert is sent to the processor of the service order.The processor must then check with the service performer regarding further action to be taken.This type of task has always very high priority.The alert has no due date as an immediate reaction is expected.A task of this type does not expire automatically. You must process and close the task.

RelevanceThe date calculated in the Arrival-at-Customer By field has been exceeded, and a service confirmation has not yetbeen created for the service order. The following reasons could apply:

● The service performer has executed the order and has created a service confirmation, but has not enteredthe time point when he or she arrived at the customer.

● The service performer has executed the order, but has not yet created a service confirmation to report thework done.

● The service performer has not executed the order yet. In this case, the order execution is not compliant withthe service level defined for the service order.

The system automatically assigns the alert to the processor of the service order.The relevant users receive this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this alert, open the order details and check with the service performer regarding the current status.Then choose one of the following courses of action:

● Have the service performer create a service confirmation and enter the date of arrival at the customer in the“Arrived-On” field, if he or she has not already done so. Cancel the service order, if required.

● Set the alert manually to Completed.

The alert is removed from your inbox after one of these actions has taken place.If you choose not to respond to this alert, it will stay in the work Inbox.





2.7.6 Notification - Spare Part Availability Conflict Occurred forService Order

OverviewWhen a service order is created that includes not only service items but also spare part items, an Available-To-Promise (ATP) availability check is done for the spare parts, and the results are displayed as traffic lights in theservice order. Since inventory levels are fairly dynamic, ATP results can change over time. If such changes lead toworse results for the customer, a task is sent to the processor of the service order, who must then check what needsto be done about this situation.By default, this type of notification has very high priority.By default, the expiry date is set to 14 days after creation of the notification.A notification of this type expires automatically if the order is not completed before the expiry date.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this notification to the processor of the service order.The relevant users receive this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo react to this notification, open the service order, look at the item details for the relevant spare part, and checkthe following information, to see what has been changed:

● ATP status (traffic light) ● Ship-From Location ● Planned Date

Then choose one of the following courses of action, depending on the impact of the change: ● If the changes are unacceptable, escalate to management. ● If the changes are acceptable, negotiate with the customer and reschedule the service order to a later

execution date. ● If the service order has not yet been released for execution, reschedule and release it. ● If the service order has already been released, inform the service performer about the change of situation.

The notification is closed automatically after the expiry date has been reached or the service order has beencompleted or cancelled.


ConfigurationThis task can be deselected using the Business Task Management for Field Service and Repair fine-tuning activity.It is possible to configure certain elements of this notification using the Business Task Management for Field Serviceand Repair fine-tuning activity.


2.7.7 Notification - Spare Part Availability Conflict Resolved forService Order

OverviewWhen a service order is created that includes not only service items, but also spare part items, an Available-To-Promise (ATP) availability check is done for the spare parts, and the results are displayed as traffic lights in theservice order. Since inventory levels are fairly dynamic, ATP results can change over time. If such changes lead tobetter results for the customer, a task is sent to the processor of the service order, who must then check what needsto be done about this situation.By default, this type of notification has high priority.By default, the expiry date is set to 14 days after creation of the notification.A notification of this type expires automatically if the order is not completed before the expiry date.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this notification to the processor of the service order.The relevant users receive this notification in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo react to this notification, open the service order, look at the item details for the relevant spare part, and checkthe following information, to see what has been changed:

● ATP status (traffic light) ● Ship-From Location ● Planned Date

Then choose one of the following courses of action, depending on the impact of the change: ● Negotiate with the customer and reschedule the service order to an earlier execution date. ● If the service order has not yet been released for execution, reschedule and release it. ● If the service order has already been released, inform the service performer about the change of situation.



The notification is closed automatically after the expiry date has been reached or the service order has beencompleted or cancelled.

ConfigurationThis task can be deselected using the Business Task Management for Field Service and Repair fine-tuning activity.It is possible to configure certain elements of this notification using the Business Task Management for Field Serviceand Repair fine-tuning activity.


2.8 Customer Return

2.8.1 Task – Complete Customer Return

OverviewThis task requires the employee to rework a customer return because of missing and/or incorrect data. For example,the distribution channel or sales organization has not been maintained, or the employee responsible for entering thegoods returned by the customer into the system has not assigned or incorrectly assigned a reference document(sales order or customer invoice) to a customer return item. In such cases, the status of the customer return isinconsistent, and the system automatically sends a task to the relevant employee responsible of the customer return.In addition, the message area of the customer return contains one or more error messages preceded by redexclamation marks.The employee responsible must then rework the customer return.

RelevanceBy default, this type of task has medium priority. If the task is not completed in time, the system automaticallychanges the priority to the highest priority; however, this can be configured to suit business requirements. By default,the due date is set to three days after creation of the task. A task of this type does not expire automatically. You mustprocess and close the task before it expires.The relevant users receive this task in the customer return My Work query in the Returns view in the Sales Orderswork center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, rework the customer return so that it can be processed further. For example, if a referencedocument has not been assigned to a customer return item, choose Assign Reference on the Items tab to select the


relevant reference document. The document type and ID are then displayed in the Reference Type and ReferenceID fields of the Details tab of the Items tab. The task is completed and removed from your inbox automatically afterall related error messages, such as, messages that are preceded by red exclamation marks, have been fixed.

ConfigurationThe system uses a person-based responsibility rule to determine the recipient of this task. This means that the taskis always assigned to a particular user (in this case, the employee responsible for the customer return). Since a returnmust be consistent, it is not possible to deactivate the customer returns process in business configuration.It is possible to configure certain elements of this task type using the Business Task Management for CustomerReturns fine-tuning activity.

See AlsoCustomer Return ProcessingQuick Guide for Returns (in Sales Orders)Business Task Management

2.8.2 Task – Approve Customer Return

OverviewWhen a user releases a customer return, the system automatically sends an approval task to the responsible linemanager of the employee responsible of the customer return if certain predefined thresholds have been exceeded.The line manager can then approve the customer return or send it back to the requester if it needs to be changed.By default, this type of task has medium priority; however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.By default, the due date is set to three days after creation of the task. A task of this type does not expire automatically.You must process and close the task before it expires.

RelevanceA task of this type is relevant if the approval process for customer returns has been activated in businessconfiguration, and if the defined thresholds (for example the net value) have exceeded the approval limit.The relevant users receive this task in the Approval view in the Managing My Area work center.


● Approve the customer returnIn this case, the approval status in the customer return changes to Approved. The relevant invoice requestsare automatically created in the Invoice Requests view in the Customer Invoicing work center. The employeeresponsible for customer invoicing can then create credit memos for these items.

● Send back for revision



In this case, the approval status of the customer return changes to In Revision, and the employee responsibleneeds to revise the customer return. You can enter a comment to request relevant changes for the customerreturn on the Approval Note tab of the General tab.These actions automatically remove the task from your inbox.

● Forward task to another approverIn exceptional cases you can forward the task to another user.

ConfigurationThe system uses a person-based responsibility rule to determine the recipient of this task. This means that the taskis always assigned to a particular user (in this case, the line manager). It is possible to activate or deactivate thecustomer return approval process during scoping in business configuration. It is possible to configure certainelements of this task type using the Approval for Customer Returns fine-tuning activity


2.8.3 Task – Revise Customer Return

OverviewIf the line manager sends a customer return back for revision, the system automatically sends a revision task to therelevant employee responsible of the customer return. The employee responsible must then revise the customerreturn and release it to the line manager for approval.

RelevanceA task of this type is relevant if the approval process for customer return has been activated in business configuration,and if the line manager does not approve a customer return and has sent it back for revision. The systemautomatically sets the approval status to In Revision and assigns this revision task to the employee responsible ofthe customer return. By default, this type of task has medium priority. If the task is not completed in time, the reactionis to increase priority; however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements. By default, the due date isset to three days after creation of the task. A task of this type does not expire automatically. You must process andclose the task before it expires. The relevant users receive this task in the customer return My Work query in theReturns view in the Sales Orders work center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, revise the customer return so that it can be approved. You can check in the Approval Notetab of the General tab in the customer return to see whether there are any comments from the line manager, statingwhat needs to be corrected.


After revising the customer return, release it to start one of the following activities: ● If the amount has been changed to below a predefined threshold defined in business configuration, this change

does not require an approval. In this case the approval status changes from In Revision to Approval NotNecessary. The relevant invoice requests are automatically created in the Invoice Requests view in theCustomer Invoicing work center. The employee responsible for customer invoicing can then create creditmemos for these items.

● If the amount has been changed to above a predefined threshold, then the approval process is restarted. Inthis case, the approval status changes from In Revision to In Approval. The line manager will receive thiscustomer return in his Inbox again for approval.

The task is removed from your inbox after you have released the customer return.

ConfigurationThe system uses a person-based responsibility rule to determine the recipient of this task. This means that the taskis always assigned to a particular user (in this case, the employee responsible for the customer return). It is possibleto activate or deactivate the customer returns approval process during scoping in business configuration. It ispossible to configure certain elements of this task type, including the predefined threshold value mentioned above,using the Approval for Customer Returns fine-tuning activity.


2.8.4 Notification – Customer Return Approved

OverviewIf the line manager approves a customer return, the system automatically notifies the relevant employee responsiblethat the customer return has been approved. This notification is used for information purposes.

RelevanceThis notification is relevant if a customer return has been approved by the line manager of the employee responsible.The system automatically assigns the notification to the employee responsible of the customer return. By default,this type of notification has medium priority; however, this can be configured to suit business requirements. Bydefault, the expiry date is set to 14 days after creation of the notification. The relevant users receive this notificationin the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseSince this notification is used for information purposes only, no further action is required. You can check in theApproval Note tab of the General tab in the customer return to see whether there are any comments from the line



manager. After the line manager has given approval, the approval status in the customer return changes toApproved. The relevant invoice requests are automatically created in the Invoice Requests view in the CustomerInvoicing work center. The employee responsible for customer invoicing can then create credit memos for theseitems.

ConfigurationThe system uses a person-based responsibility rule to determine the recipient of this task. This means that the taskis always assigned to a particular user (in this case, the employee responsible for the customer return). The relatedresponsibility strategy is predefined and cannot be configured. It is possible to configure certain elements of thisnotification type using the Approval for Customer Returns fine-tuning activity.


2.9 Price or Discount List

2.9.1 Task – Approve Price or Discount List

OverviewWhen a user releases or cancels the release of a price list or discount list, the system automatically sends an approvaltask to the responsible line manager of the user requesting the release or cancellation. The line manager can thenapprove the price or discount list, or send it back to the requester if it needs to be changed.By default, this type of task has high priority; however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements. Thedue date is set to three weeks after creation of the task.A task of this type does not expire automatically. You or another approver must process the task. It is removed fromthe inbox after it has been approved or sent back for revision.

RelevanceA task of this type is relevant if the approval process for price and discount list has been activated in businessconfiguration. The system automatically assigns the task to the line manager of the user who released or cancelledthe price or discount list. In addition, other approvers can be defined.The relevant manager receives this task in the Approval view of the Managing My Area work center.



● Approve the price or discount listThe following then applies: ○ The approval status of the price or discount list changes to Approved. ○ The release status of the price or discount list changes from Not Released or Partially Released to

Released. ○ If the price or discount list has the release status Release Cancellation Requested, the release status

changes to Release Canceled. ● Send back for revision

The approval status of the price or discount list changes to In Revision. The requester receives a businesstask to make the necessary corrections. You can enter a comment to request relevant changes. This commentwill be displayed under Approval Note for the price or discount list.These actions automatically remove the task from your inbox.

● Forward the task to another approver (Actions —> Forward)In exceptional cases you can forward the task to another user.

ConfigurationIt is possible to activate or deactivate the price or discount list approval process during scoping in businessconfiguration. The attributes of this task type are fully predefined and cannot be configured.

See AlsoPricing in Customer Relationship ManagementQuick Guide for Pricing in Customer Relationship ManagementBusiness Task Management

2.9.2 Notification – Price or Discount List Approved

OverviewWhen the line manager approves the release of a price list or discount list, the system automatically notifies the userwho requested the release of a price or discount list. This notification is used for information purposes.This type of notification always has medium priority.A notification of this type expires automatically 14 days after it has been created.

RelevanceIf the approval process for price and discount list has been activated in business configuration, this notification issent to the requester for the price or discount list after this price or discount list has been approved.The relevant users receive this notification in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.



ResponseSince this notification is used for information purposes only, no further action is required. After the line manager hasgiven approval, the price or discount list is released or cancelled, depending on your request.

ConfigurationIt is possible to activate or deactivate the price or discount list approval during scoping in business configuration.The attributes of this notification type are fully predefined and cannot be configured.


2.9.3 Task – Revise Price or Discount List

OverviewIf the line manager sends a price list or discount list back for revision, the system automatically sends a revision taskto the user who requested the release of a price or discount list. The user must then rework the price or discount listand release it again so that the line manager can approve it.

RelevanceA task of this type is relevant if the approval process for price and discount list has been activated in businessconfiguration, and if the line manager does not approve a price or discount list and has sent it back for revision. Thesystem automatically assigns this revision task to the user who released the price or discount list.The relevant users receive this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, rework the price or discount list so that it can be approved. Check under Approval Note inthe price or discount list to see whether there are any comments from the line manager, stating what needs to becorrected.After revising the price or discount list, release it again to restart the approval process. The approval status remainsIn Revision until you have released the price or discount list.The task is removed from your inbox after you have released the price or discount list.


ConfigurationIt is possible to activate or deactivate the approval process for price-/discount list during scoping in businessconfiguration.The attributes of this task type are fully predefined and cannot be configured.


2.10 Task — Solve Issue in Business Documents

OverviewWhen the system cannot process communication between business documents, an error occurs. The error indicatesthat a document cannot process an update sent by another document.

Example of process communication. Note that the direction of communication between documents may not be the same as thesequence of the documents outlined in the example.

There are multiple reasons why an error may occur. For example, the error may occur due to inconsistent data fromthe sending document, or the receiving business document is locked when the system processes thecommunication.When an error occurs that has to be handled by a user, the system creates a task, prompting the user to solve anerror in a receiving document so that the system can process the communication.This type of task is created to solve for errors related to process communication. Depending on the importance ofthe process, the task either has high or medium priority. Instances of this task do not expire automatically.The error can occur due to one of the following reasons:

● Document Inconsistency ○ The business documents do not match. ○ The data in the one of the business documents is inconsistent. ○ The system cannot identify the addressed receiving business document.



For more information about detecting document inconsistency, see Data Flow Verification Runs Quick Guide. ● Configuration Inconsistency

○ The configuration between the business documents does not match. ○ The configuration of receiving business documents is unknown to the system. ○ The configuration of receiving business documents is inconsistent.

● Lock Issue ○ One of the receiving business documents is locked.

RelevanceBusiness users receive this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

Users may also receive this task in work centers in which the business documents are processed.

Key users also receive this task in the Process Communication Error subview of the Business Data Consistency workcenter view in the Application and User Management work center.

ResponseTo solve the error and to complete this task, execute the task and follow the solution proposal. The solution proposaloutlined under Description and Solution lists the recommended actions and the expected result.You can process the task from the following work center subviews:

● The Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center. ○ Click the task and note solution proposal.

● The Process Communication Error subview of the Business Data Consistency work center view in theApplication and User Management workcenter. ○ If you are not assigned as the processor, click Take Over Task , and then click Edit to open the task and

note the solution proposal.

Depending on the issue addressed by the task, the following Actions are available to process the task from bothwork center views:

Action Result

Restart Process The system starts the communication between the business documents again and updates the relevantdocument.

Mass RestartProcess

The system starts the communication between the business documents again and updates the relevantdocuments.If you have multiple tasks that have the same issue, that is, the same type of business document and thesame type of error, you can resolve the respective tasks by using this action.

Reject Process The system does not update the document but notifies the sending document that the processcommunication has been rejected.

SynchronizeDocuments

The system synchronizes the documents using the updated data of the corresponding document.

This action should be executed if data in the sending document has been corrected.


Action Result

Abort Process The system does not update the receiving document and aborts the communication.

If you execute this action, the data in the sending and receiving documents may be inconsistent.Ensure that data in the sending business document is updated to avoid data inconsistencies in thesystem.

Depending on the business documents affected, the following functions are available: ● Open Business Document

You can open the business document from which the communication originated. ● View Action Log

In the action log, you can view the history of all actions executed by users or by the system related to theprocess communication error. If the sending document is external, you can also view the XML messagepayload.

● Open XML PayloadWhen you open the XML payload, you can view the business data of a message that an external sendingdocument sends to the receiving document. To edit the XML message payload, enter changes directly. Forexample, you can change the name of a field or an ID that is incorrect and therefore stopping the system fromprocessing the message. Note that you are only changing the data in the receiving business document.

If you make and save changes to the XML payload, the data in the sending and receiving documentsmay be inconsistent. Ensure that data in the sending business document is updated to avoid datainconsistencies in the system.


See AlsoQuick Guide for Process Communication ErrorsBusiness Task Management



3 Financial Management Task Types

3.1 General Ledger

3.1.1 Task - Review Reconciliation Run

OverviewWhen reconciliation run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the general ledger accountant. This task promptsthe user to check the result of a system run and to execute follow-up actions, or if there were errors in the run, toreschedule the system run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. This task type is optional and by default inactive. It can be activatedby the administrator.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the reconciliation run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the general ledger accountant’s worklist if the system determines the general ledgeraccountant to be the person responsible for processing this reconciliation run.The relevant users receive this task in the General Ledger work center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, select the task in the worklist and proceed as follows:

1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the reconciliation run to be reviewed. There you can:

a. View the complete list of reconciled itemsb. Process items individuallyc. Navigate to the application log and view the run details

3. When there are errors in the run, you can reschedule the run.4. Complete the task

If You Choose Not to Respond:If you do not start processing this task it will stay on the worklist until you set it to complete.

SAP Business ByDesign February 2017Financial Management Task Types P U B L I C • © 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved. 55

ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management Expense and Reimbursement Management fine-tuning activity, you canconfigure the following:

● Activation ● Priority


3.1.2 Solve Error in Payment Processing

OverviewA task of this type is sent because an error occurred while processing a message sent by a source document of aspecific type.The task title and description indicate the source document type and the sender name.You need to solve and close this task or contact someone who can solve it. Otherwise no accounting documents willbe posted, and the GL accounts will remain incomplete.This task type supports the period-end closing process.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the General Ledger accountant’s worklist.The relevant users receive this task in the General Ledger work center.


1. In the Details section, read the instruction of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open it. Here you can:

a. Check all error messages created during message processing.b. See details about sender and receiver.c. Check the content of the message in order to find inconsistencies.d. Restart the message.e. Restart all messages for the same interface.f. Request a reconciliation message in order to get a new message sent with the current state of all related

documents.3. If you cannot solve the error, contact the persons involved in the affected process and/or contact your system

administrator. You can also forward this task to the relevant person.

If You Choose Not to Respond:


Financial Management Task Types

If you do not start processing this task after the specified time of 5 days, the priority of the task will escalate to thehighest priority.

ConfigurationThis task type is hidden to the user and cannot be configured.


3.1.3 Solve Error in Sales, Service, or Purchase Order Processing






documents.


3. If you cannot solve the error, contact the persons involved in the affected process and/or contact your systemadministrator. You can also forward this task to the relevant person.

If You Choose Not to Respond:If you do not start processing this task after the specified time of 5 days, the priority of the task will escalate to thehighest priority.



3.1.4 Error Occurred in a Work Center

OverviewA task of this type is sent because of a system error in one of the financials work centers which prevents journalentries from being posted. It is a generic task type which is filled with the specific error analysis at run time.The task title indicates the error symptom, while the description tells you what action to take.You need to solve and close this task or contact someone who can solve it. Otherwise no accounting documents willbe posted, and the GL accounts will remain incomplete.This task type supports the period-end closing process.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.



1. In the Details section, read the instruction of the task2. Click Edit or click the task title to open it. Here you can:

a. View detailed error symptom and instructions to solve the issueb. View all affected business transactions for which the process has stopped and accounting documents

were not postedc. Navigate to details of the business transactions



d. Navigate to fact sheets of the source documentse. Post single business transactionsf. Complete the task and let the system post all related business transactions automatically in the

background3. If you cannot solve the error, contact the persons involved in the affected process and/or contact your system


If You Choose Not to Respond:If you do not complete this task it will be cancelled automatically only after one year.



3.1.5 Error in Cash and Liquidity Management

OverviewA task of this type is sent because of a system error in Cash and Liquidity Management which prevents journal entriesfrom being posted. It is a generic task type which is filled with the specific error analysis at run time.The task title indicates the error symptom, while the description tells you what action to take.You need to solve and close this task or contact someone who can solve it. Otherwise no accounting documents willbe posted, and the GL accounts will remain incomplete.This task type supports the period-end closing process.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.




a. View detailed error symptom and instructions to solve the issue


b. View all affected business transactions for which the process has stopped and accounting documentswere not posted

c. Navigate to details of the business transactionsd. Navigate to fact sheets of the source documentse. Post single business transactionsf. Complete the task and let the system post all related business transactions automatically in the






3.1.6 Error in Cost Management

OverviewA task of this type is sent because of a system error in Cost Management which prevents journal entries from beingposted. It is a generic task type which is filled with the specific error analysis at run time.The task title indicates the error symptom, while the description tells you what action to take.You need to solve and close this task or contact someone who can solve it. Otherwise no accounting documents willbe posted, and the GL accounts will remain incomplete.This task type supports the period-end closing process.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.



1. In the Details section, read the instruction of the task



2. Click Edit or click the task title to open it. Here you can:a. View detailed error symptom and instructions to solve the issueb. View all affected business transactions for which the process has stopped and accounting documents

were not postedc. Navigate to details of the business transactionsd. Navigate to fact sheets of the source documentse. Post single business transactionsf. Complete the task and let the system post all related business transactions automatically in the


administrator. You can also forward this task to the relevant person




3.1.7 Error in Fixed Assets Management

OverviewA task of this type is sent because of a system error in Fixed Assets Management which prevents journal entriesfrom being posted. It is a generic task type which is filled with the specific error analysis at run time.The task title indicates the error symptom, while the description tells you what action to take.You need to solve and close this task or contact someone who can solve it. Otherwise no accounting documents willbe posted, and the GL accounts will remain incomplete.This task type supports the period-end closing process.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.












3.1.8 Error in General Ledger

OverviewA task of this type is sent because of a system error in General Ledger which prevents journal entries from beingposted. It is a generic task type which is filled with the specific error analysis at run time.The task title indicates the error symptom, while the description tells you what action to take.You need to solve and close this task or contact someone who can solve it. Otherwise no accounting documents willbe posted, and the GL accounts will remain incomplete.This task type supports the period-end closing process.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.













3.1.9 Error in Inventory Valuation

OverviewA task of this type is sent because of a system error in Inventory Valuation which prevents journal entries from beingposted. It is a generic task type which is filled with the specific error analysis at run time.The task title indicates the error symptom, while the description tells you what action to take.You need to solve and close this task or contact someone who can solve it. Otherwise no accounting documents willbe posted, and the GL accounts will remain incomplete.


This task type supports the period-end closing process.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.











3.1.10 Error in Payables Management

OverviewA task of this type is sent because of a system error in Payables Management which prevents journal entries frombeing posted. It is a generic task type which is filled with the specific error analysis at run time.The task title indicates the error symptom, while the description tells you what action to take.



You need to solve and close this task or contact someone who can solve it. Otherwise no accounting documents willbe posted, and the GL accounts will remain incomplete.This task type supports the period-end closing process.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.











3.1.11 Error in Receivables Management

OverviewA task of this type is sent because of a system error in Receivables Management which prevents journal entries frombeing posted. It is a generic task type which is filled with the specific error analysis at run time.


The task title indicates the error symptom, while the description tells you what action to take.You need to solve and close this task or contact someone who can solve it. Otherwise no accounting documents willbe posted, and the GL accounts will remain incomplete.This task type supports the period-end closing process.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.













3.1.12 Review Balance Carry Forward Run

OverviewWhen a Balance Carry Forward run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the General Ledger accountant who hasto review the result of this run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Balance Carry Forward Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the General Ledger accountant’s worklist if the system determines the General Ledgeraccountant to be the person responsible for processing this run.The relevant users receive this task in the General Ledger work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Balance Carry Forward Run to be reviewed. There you can:

a. Review the result of the run.b. View the application log and verify if the run finished without errors.c. When there are errors in the run, you can reschedule the run.

3. Complete the task.


ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for General Ledger fine-tuning activity, you can configure the following:

● Task Activation ● Priority



3.1.13 Review Balance Carry Forward Test Run

OverviewWhen a Balance Carry Forward test run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the General Ledger accountant whohas to review the result of this test run and decide, if the result is correct and ready for the posting run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Balance Carry Forward Test Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the General Ledger accountant’s worklist if the system determines the General Ledgeraccountant to be the person responsible for processing this test run.The relevant users receive this task in the General Ledger work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Balance Carry Forward Test Run to be reviewed. There you can:

a. Review the result of the test runb. View the application log and verify if the test run finished without errors.c. When there are errors in the test run, you can reschedule the test run.



ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for General Ledger fine-tuning activity, you can configure the following:





3.1.14 Solve Error in Expense and Reimbursement Processing












3.1.15 Solve Error in Goods and Service Acknowledgement Processing













3.1.16 Solve Error in Inventory and Activity Confirmation Processing












3.1.17 Solve Error in Invoice Processing














3.1.18 Solve Error in Production Lot Processing




1. In the Details section, read the instruction of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open it. Here you can


documents.






3.1.19 Solve Error in Project Processing





a. Check all error messages created during message processing.b. See details about sender and receiver.c. Check the content of the message in order to find inconsistencies.d. Restart the message.



e. Restart all messages for the same interface.f. Request a reconciliation message in order to get a new message sent with the current state of all related






3.1.20 Solve Error in Service Provision Processing





a. Check all error messages created during message processing.


b. See details about sender and receiver.c. Check the content of the message in order to find inconsistencies.d. Restart the message.e. Restart all messages for the same interface.f. Request a reconciliation message in order to get a new message sent with the current state of all related






3.2 Fixed Assets

3.2.1 Task - Review Fixed Asset — Profit Center Will Expire

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the fixed assets accountant when the validity of a profit center is delimited and a fixedasset is assigned to it, which now must be reassigned to a new profit center.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be preconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the fixed asset.

RelevanceEach task of this type refers to a particular fixed asset. A task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which isresponsible for fixed assets.The relevant users receive this task in the Work subview of the Fixed Assets view in the Fixed Assets work center.




1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the fixed asset. Here you can:

● Review the fixed asset file ● Create a new organizational assignment interval and assign a valid profit center to the fixed asset

If You Choose Not to Respond:If you do not start processing this task before the specified time, according to configuration settings, the priority ofthe task will escalate.

ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Financial and Management Accounting fine-tuning activity, it is possibleto configure the priority of this task.


3.2.2 Task – Edit Missing Master Data of Asset

OverviewTasks of this type must be processed in order to complete the master data for a fixed asset. When the master dataof an asset is incomplete, for example, if a component was not assigned to the asset or if neither a cost center nora profit center were assigned to the asset, you must review and complete the master data.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the fixed asset.




1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the fixed asset editor. There your can

● Review the fixed asset file. ● Assign a component to the asset. If no valid component exists, create a new component and assign it to

the fixed asset. ● Assign a cost center and/or a profit center to the asset.

If You Choose Not to Respond:Depending on the configuration settings previously selected, a default deadline for this task is set to a specifiednumber of days after the creation of the task. If the task is not completed by this time, the system automaticallyincreases the priority of the task by one level. However, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.

ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Fixed Asset Processing fine-tuning activity, it is possible to configure thedefault priority.


3.2.3 Task – Edit Missing Master Data of Asset to Enable Posting

OverviewTasks of this type must be processed in order to validate and complete the master data of a fixed asset. If theparameters for useful life and depreciation methods of an asset were not predefined during configuration, the datais incomplete. You must enter the missing data.By default, a task of this type has high priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements. Thistask type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the fixed asset.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.



2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the fixed asset editor. There your can ● Review the fixed asset file ● Validate and complete the parameters for useful life and depreciation methods for all valuation views of

the asset.

If You Choose Not to Respond:Depending on the configuration settings previously selected, a default deadline for this task is set to a specifiednumber of days after the creation of the task. If the task is not completed by this time, the system automaticallyincreases the priority of the task by one level. However, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.



3.2.4 Task – Review and Release Changes to Low Value Asset in Setof Books

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the fixed asset accountant when an asset is recorded as a low value asset in the set ofbooks. When an asset is acquired, capitalization is completed to determine the amount limits for the asset andtherefore, if an asset is recorded as a low value asset in the set of books.If the capitalization value of an asset increases above the amount limit of a low value asset, you must review themaster data of the fixed asset. Changes to low value assets must be reviewed for correctness.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the fixed asset.

RelevanceEach task of this type refers to a particular fixed asset. A task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which isresponsible for fixed assets.The relevant users receive this task in the My Work subview of the Fixed Assets view in the Fixed Assets work center.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the fixed asset file to be reviewed. Here you can:

● Deselect the low value indicator for the asset and assign an appropriate asset class if the invoice wascorrectly assigned to the asset.

● Correct the invoice if the invoice was not correctly assigned to the asset

If You Choose Not to Respond:If you do not start processing this task after the specified time, according to configuration settings, the priority ofthe task will escalate.



3.2.5 Task – Review and Release Valuation Data for Fixed Asset

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the fixed asset accountant when changes occurred in the values for an asset with valueindicator. The accountant has to verify if this change is really necessary.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is per default inactive and can be activated.The reference business document is the fixed asset.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for fixed assets.The relevant users receive this task in the Fixed Assets work center.


● In the Details section, review the task details. ● Click Edit or click the task title to open the affected fixed asset to be reviewed. Here you can verify the value

and decide if the change is necessary. ● Complete the task.




Depending on the configuration settings, a deadline for this task is set to a specified number of days after the creationof the task. If you do not respond to the task a predefined number of weeks before the cost center status turns to‘not valid’, the priority of the task will escalate.

Configuration

Using the Business Task Management for Fixed Assets fine-tuning activity, it is possible to configure the following: ● Activation ● Latest End Date


3.2.6 Task - Review Fixed Asset - Cost Center Will Expire

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the fixed assets accountant when the validity of a cost center is delimited and a fixedasset is assigned to it, which now must be reassigned to a new cost center.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the fixed asset.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the fixed asset. Here you can:

● Review the fixed asset file ● Create a new organizational assignment interval and assign a valid cost center to the fixed asset



ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Financial and Management Accounting fine-tuning activity, it is possibleto configure the default priority.


3.2.7 Review Depreciation Run

OverviewWhen a Depreciation run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the fixed assets accountant who has to review theresult of this run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Depreciation Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the fixed assets accountant’s worklist if the system determines the fixed assetsaccountant to be the person responsible for processing this run.The relevant users receive this task in the Fixed Assets work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Depreciation Run to be reviewed. There you can:






ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Fixed Assets Processing fine-tuning activity, you can configure thefollowing:



3.2.8 Review Depreciation Test Run

OverviewWhen a Depreciation test run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the fixed assets accountant who has to reviewthe result of this run and decide, if the result is correct and ready for the posting run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Depreciation Test Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the fixed assets accountant’s worklist if the system determines the fixed assetsaccountant to be the person responsible for processing this test run.The relevant users receive this task in the Fixed Assets work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Depreciation Test Run to be reviewed. There you can:

a. Review the result of the test run.b. View the application log and verify if the test run finished without errors.c. When there are errors in the test run, you can reschedule the test run.




ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Fixed Assets Processing fine-tuning activity, you can configure thefollowing:



3.2.9 Segment will Expire - Review the Affected Fixed Asset

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the fixed assets accountant when the validity of a segment is delimited and a fixed assetis assigned to it, which now must be reassigned to a new segment.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process the fixed asset before it expires.The reference business document is the fixed asset.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to navigate to the Fixed Asset editor. Here you can:

a. Review the fixed asset file.b. Create a new organizational assignment interval and assign a valid segment to the fixed asset.




ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Fixed Asset Processing fine-tuning activity, it is possible to configure thefollowing:

● Default Priority ● Latest End Date


3.3 Inventory Valuation

3.3.1 Review Goods Receipt and Invoice Receipt Clearing Run

OverviewWhen a Goods Receipt and Invoice Receipt Clearing run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the inventoryaccountant who has to review the result of this run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Goods Receipt and Invoice Receipt Clearing Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the inventory accountant’s worklist if the system determines the inventory accountantto be the person responsible for processing this run.The relevant users receive this task in the Inventory Valuation work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Goods Receipt and Invoice Receipt Clearing Run to be reviewed.

There you can:a. Review the result of the run.b. View the application log and verify if the run finished without errors.c. When there are errors in the run, you can reschedule the run.




ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Inventory Valuation fine-tuning activity, you can configure the following:



3.3.2 Review Goods Receipt and Invoice Receipt Clearing Test Run

OverviewWhen a Goods Receipt and Invoice Receipt Clearing test run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the inventoryaccountant who has to review the result of this test run and decide, if the result is correct and ready for the postingrun.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Goods Receipt and Invoice Receipt Clearing Test run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the inventory accountant’s worklist if the system determines the inventory accountantto be the person responsible for processing this test run.The relevant users receive this task in the Inventory Valuation work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Goods Receipt and Invoice Receipt Clearing Test run to be

reviewed. There you can:a. Review the result of the test run.b. View the application log and verify if the test run finished without errors.c. When there are errors in the test run, you can reschedule the test run.








3.3.3 Review Overhead Run for Production Lots

OverviewWhen a Overhead Run for Production Lots is finished, a task of this type is sent to the inventory accountant who hasto review the result of this run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Overhead Run for Production Lots.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Overhead Run for Production Lots to be reviewed. There you can:








3.3.4 Review Test of Overhead Run for Production Lots

OverviewWhen an overhead test run for production lots is finished, a task of this type is sent to the inventory accountant whoreviews the result of this test run and decides whether the result is correct and ready for the posting test run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Overhead Test Run for Production Lots.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the inventory accountant’s worklist if the system determines the inventory accountantto be the person responsible for processing this test.The relevant users receive this task in the Inventory Valuation work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Overhead Test Run for Production Lots to be reviewed. There

you can:a. Review the result of the test run.b. View the application log and verify if the test run finished without errors.c. If there are errors in the test run, you can reschedule it.


If You Choose Not to Respond:If you do not start processing this task, it will stay in the worklist until you set it to complete.






3.3.5 Review Work-in-Process Clearing Run

OverviewWhen a Work-in-Process Clearing run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the inventory accountant who has toreview the result of this run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Work-in-Process Clearing Run.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Work-in-Process Clearing Run to be reviewed. There you can:

a. Review the result of the runb. View the application log and verify if the run finished without errorsc. When there are errors in the run, you can reschedule the run

3. Complete the task






3.3.6 Review Work-in-Process Clearing Test Run

OverviewWhen a Work-in-Process Clearing test run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the inventory accountant who hasto review the result of this test run and decide, if the result is correct and ready for the posting test.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Work-in-Process Clearing Test Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the inventory accountant’s worklist if the system determines the inventory accountantto be the person responsible for processing this test run.The relevant users receive this task in the Inventory Valuation work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Work-in-Process Clearing Test Run to be reviewed. There you can:

a. Review the result of the test runb. View the application log and verify if the test run finished without errorsc. When there are errors in the test run, you can reschedule the test run








3.4 Cost and Revenue

3.4.1 Alert – Overdue: Adapt Use of Cost Center in Overhead Rate

OverviewWhen a task to adapt the use of a cost center in an overhead rate has not been processed in time an alert of this typeis sent to the same person who received the task. Generally, this is the financial analyst responsible for updating costcenter data.By default, this type of alert has very high priority. This type of alert is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This alert will not expire automatically. You must process the affected cost center before the alert expires.The reference business document is the cost center.

RelevanceAn alert of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for modifying the overhead rules for thecompany.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.

ResponseTo respond to this alert, select the alert in the worklist and proceed as follows:

1. In the Details section, review the details of the alert.2. Click Edit or click the alert title to open the cost center data to be reviewed. Here you can:

● Change the validity of the overhead rate to which the cost center is assigned as a sending cost center ● Assign the overhead rate to another overhead rule

If You Choose Not to Respond:If you do not process this alert, it will create an incident which will be displayed your administrator’s worklist.


ConfigurationThe attributes of this alert task type are fully predefined and cannot be configured.


3.4.2 Alert – Overdue: Adapt Use of Receiving Cost Center inDistribution Rule

OverviewWhen a task to adapt the use of a receiving cost center in a distribution rule has not been processed in time, an alertof this type is sent to the same person who received the task. Generally, this is the financial analyst responsible forupdating cost center data.By default, this type of alert has very high priority. This type of alert is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This alert will not expire automatically. You must process the affected cost center before the alert expires.The reference business document is the cost center.

RelevanceAn alert of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for modifying the distribution rules for thecompany.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the alert.2. Click Edit or click the alert title to open cost center data to be reviewed. Here you can:

● Remove the cost center from the list of receiving cost centers when the validity of the cost center isrestricted

● Modify the distribution factors that determine how the values are distributed to the remaining receivingcost centers






3.4.3 Alert – Overdue: Adapt Use of Sending Cost Center inDistribution Rule

OverviewWhen a task to adapt the use of a sending cost center in a distribution rule has not been processed in time, an alertof this type is sent to the same person who received the task. Generally, this is the financial analyst responsible forupdating cost center data.By default, this type of alert has very high priority. This type of alert is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This alert will not expire automatically. You must process the affected cost center before the alert expires.The reference business document is the cost center.

RelevanceAn alert of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for modifying the distribution rules for thecompany.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the alert.2. Click Edit or click the alert title to open the cost center data to be reviewed. Here you can:

● Remove the cost center from the list of sending cost centers when the validity of the cost center isrestricted

● Modify the distribution factors that determine how the values are distributed to the remaining sendingcost centers





3.4.4 Task – Adapt Use of Cost Center in Overhead Rate

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the user when the validity of a cost center is restricted in the organizational structure.The cost center is currently assigned to an overhead rate. You must consider if this cost center can still be used asa credit cost center for an overhead rate and how changes will impact the overhead runs.By default, as task of this type has high priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically. You must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the cost center.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for modifying the overhead rules for thecompany.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the editor. There your can:

a. Change the validity of the overhead rate to which the cost center is assigned as a sending cost centerb. Assign the overhead rate to another overhead rule


ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Management Accounting fine-tuning activity, you can configure the defaultpriority.




3.4.5 Task – Adapt Use of Receiving Cost Center in Distribution Rule

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the user when the validity of a cost center is restricted in the organizational structure.The cost center is currently assigned to a distribution rule. You must consider whether this cost center can still beused as a receiving cost center for a distribution rule and how changes will impact the distribution run.By default, a task of this type has high priority. However, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically. You must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the cost center.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for modifying the distribution rules for thecompany.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the editor. Here you can:

a. Remove the cost center from the list of receiving cost centers when the validity of the cost center isrestricted

b. Modify the distribution factors that determine how the values are distributed to the remaining receivingcost centers





3.4.6 Task – Adapt Use of Sending Cost Center in Distribution Rule

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the user when the validity of a cost center is restricted in the organizational structure.The cost center is currently assigned to a distribution rule. You must consider whether this cost center can still beused as a sending cost center for a distribution rule and how changes will impact the distribution run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. However, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically. You must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the cost center.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for modifying the distribution rules for thecompany.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the editor. Here you can:

a. Remove the cost center from the list of sending cost centers when the validity of the cost center isrestricted

b. Modify the distribution factors that determine how the values are distributed to the remaining sendingcost centers






3.4.7 Task – Consider Use of New Cost Center in Distribution Rules

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the financial analyst when a new cost center is created in the organizational structure.The financial analyst must decide whether this new cost center should be included as a sender or a receiver in adistribution rule.By default, this type of task has medium priority. However, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically. You must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the cost center

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit responsible for creating and making adjustments to distributionrules.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the cost center to be updated. Here you can:

● Open the task and create a new distribution rule ● Change an existing distribution rule if you want the cost center to be included as a sender or receiver in

the distribution rule3. If the cost center is not relevant for overhead distribution, complete the task manually.

ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Management Accounting fine-tuning activity, you can configure thefollowing:

● Activation ● Default Priority



3.4.8 Task – Consider Use of New Cost Center in Overhead Rates

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the financial analyst when a new cost center is created in the organizational structure.The financial analyst must decide whether costs collected on this new cost center should be included as a senderinto the overhead absorption process.By default, this type of task has medium priority. However, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically. You must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the cost center.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for creating and making adjustments to theoverhead rules for the company.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the cost center to be updated. Here you can:

● Open the task and create a new overhead rule ● Change an existing overhead rule if the cost center should be included as a sender of overhead costs

3. If the cost center is not relevant for overhead absorption, complete the task manually.


● Activation ● Default Priority




3.4.9 Task – Enter Cost Rate for Resource

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the financial analyst if a cost rate for a resource is missing or if was edited incorrectly.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. However, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically. You must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the resource.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit responsible for processing resources in cost management.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the task details.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the resource to be reviewed. Here you can:

● Review the resource cost rates ● Create a cost rate for the missing time interval

If You Choose Not to Respond:Depending on the configuration settings, a deadline for this task is set to a specified number of days after the creationof the task. If you do not complete the task by this time, the priority of the task will escalate.




3.4.10 Task – Enter Cost Rate for Service

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the financial analyst when a project cost estimate is calculated and a service itemcontaining a reference to a service cannot be valuated. A service cost rate, a contract or a list price must be correctedbefore the project cost estimate can be finalized.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. However, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically. You must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the service.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for processing services in cost management.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the task details.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the service to be reviewed. There you can edit the cost rate.

Alternatively, you can: ● Edit the purchasing contract in the Contracts view of the Sourcing and Contracting work center ● Edit the list prices in the List Prices view of the Product Portfolio work center






3.4.11 Task – Enter Price for Service from Supplier

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the financial analyst when a project cost estimate is calculated and a service itemcontaining a reference to a service cannot be valuated. A contract or a list price must be corrected before the projectcost estimate can be finalized.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. However, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically. You must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the supplier service.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for cost management.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the task details.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the service to be reviewed. Alternatively, you can:

● Edit the purchasing contract in the Contracts view of the Sourcing and Contracting work center ● Edit the list prices in the List Prices view of the Product Portfolio work center





3.4.12 Task – Enter Master Data for Service in the Financials View

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the financial analyst when a project cost estimate is calculated for a service and themaster data in the financial view is either incorrect or missing. The master data must be corrected before the projectcost estimate can be finalized.By default, a task of this type has high priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements. Thistask type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the service.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for processing services in cost management.The relevant users receive this task in the Work view of the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the task details.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the service to be reviewed.3. Complete the task.






3.4.13 Task - Review Account Determination Group for Service

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the financial analyst when a project cost estimate is calculated for a service and a G/Laccount (origin) can be determined. This task provides information on the specific accounting business transactiontype and the company this service belongs to. The financial analyst must verify whether the account determinationgroup is incomplete or unassigned.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the service.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for management accounting.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


● In the Details section, review the details of the task. ● Click Edit or click the task to open the service to be reviewed. There you can:

a. Review the service validationb. Assign an account determination group


ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Management Accounting Processing fine-tuning activity, it is possible toconfigure the default priority.



3.4.14 Task - Enter Financial Data for Resource

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the financial analyst when a project cost estimate is calculated for a resource and thisresource is not marked as relevant for financials. The relevant resource must be defined as relevant (used) infinancials before the project cost estimate can be finalized.By default, a task of this type has high priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements. Thistask type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the resource.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for processing resources in cost management.The relevant users receive this task in the Work view of the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the task details.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the resource to be reviewed. There you can assign the resource to

financials.3. Complete the task.






3.4.15 Review Distribution Run

OverviewWhen a Distribution run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the financial analyst who has to review the result ofthis run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Distribution Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to financial analyst’s worklist if the system determines the financial analyst to be the personresponsible for processing this run.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Distribution Run to be reviewed. There you can:








3.4.16 Review Test of Distribution Run

OverviewWhen a distribution test run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the financial analyst who reviews the result ofthe test run and decides whether the result is correct and ready for the posting run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Distribution Test Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the financial analyst’s worklist if the system determines the financial analyst to be theperson responsible for processing this test run.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Distribution Test Run to be reviewed. There you can:

a. Review the result of the test run.b. View the application log and verify if the test run finished without errors.c. If there are errors in the test run, you can reschedule it.








3.4.17 Review Overhead Run for Direct Cost Projects

OverviewWhen a Overhead Run for Direct Cost Projects is finished, a task of this type is sent to the financial analyst who hasto review the result of this run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Overhead Run for Direct Cost Projects.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Overhead Run for Direct Cost Projects to be reviewed. There you

can:a. Review the result of the run.b. View the application log and verify if the run finished without errors.c. When there are errors in the run, you can reschedule the run.







3.4.18 Review Overhead Run for Overhead Cost Projects

OverviewWhen an overhead run for overhead cost projects is finished, a task of this type is sent to the financial analyst whoreviews the result of the run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Overhead Run for Overhead Cost Projects.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the financial analyst’s worklist if the system determines the financial analyst to be theperson responsible for processing this run.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Overhead Run for Overhead Cost Projects to be reviewed. There

you can:a. Review the result of the run.b. View the application log and verify if the run finished without errors.c. If there are errors in the run, you can reschedule it.








3.4.19 Review Overhead Run for Service Orders

OverviewWhen an Overhead Run for Service Orders is finished, a task of this type is sent to the financial analyst who has toreview the result of this run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Overhead Run for Service Orders.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Overhead Run for Service Orders to be reviewed. There you can:

a. Review the result of the runb. View the application log and verify if the run finished withoutc. When there are errors in the run, you can reschedule the run







3.4.20 Review Test of Overhead Run for Direct Cost Projects

OverviewWhen an overhead test run for direct cost projects is finished, a task of this type is sent to the financial analyst whoreviews the result of this test run and decides whether the result is correct and ready for the posting test run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Overhead Test Run for Direct Cost Projects.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the financial analyst’s worklist if the system determines the financial analyst to be theperson responsible for processing this test run.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Overhead Test Run for Direct Cost Projects to be reviewed. There

you can:a. Review the result of the test run.b. View the application log and verify if the test run finished without errors.c. If there are errors in the test run, you can reschedule it.


If You Choose Not to Respond:If you do not start processing this task, it will stay on the worklist until you set it to complete.






3.4.21 Review Test of Overhead Run for Overhead Cost Projects

OverviewWhen an overhead test run for overhead cost projects is finished, a task of this type is sent to the financial analystwho reviews the result of this test run and decides whether the result is correct and ready for the posting test run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Overhead Test Run for Overhead Cost Projects.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the financial analyst’s worklist if the system determines the financial analyst to be theperson responsible for processing this test.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Overhead Test Run for Overhead Cost Projects to be reviewed.

There you can:a. Review the result of the test run.b. View the application log and verify if the test run finished without errors.c. If there are errors in the test run, you can reschedule it.







3.4.22 Review Test of Overhead Run for Service Orders

OverviewWhen an overhead test run for service orders is finished, a task of this type is sent to the financial analyst who reviewsthe result of the test run and decides whether the result is correct and ready for the posting test run.By default, a task of this type has medium priorityThis task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Overhead Test Run for Service Orders.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the financial analyst’s worklist if the system determines the financial analyst to be theperson responsible for processing this test.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Overhead test Run for Service Orders to be reviewed. There you

can:a. Review the result of the test run.b. View the application log and verify that the test run finished without errors.c. If there are errors in the test run, you can reschedule it.








3.4.23 Review Revenue Recognition Run

OverviewWhen a Revenue Recognition run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the financial analyst who has to review theresult of this run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Revenue Recognition Run.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Revenue Recognition Run to be reviewed. There you can:

a. Review the result of the runb. View the application log and verify if the run finished without errorsc. When there are errors in the run, you can reschedule the run







3.4.24 Review Test of Revenue Recognition Run

OverviewWhen a revenue recognition test run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the financial analyst who reviews theresult of the test run and decides whether the result is correct and ready for the posting test run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Revenue Recognition Test Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to financial analyst’s worklist if the system determines the financial analyst to be the personresponsible for processing this test.The relevant users receive this task in the Cost and Revenue work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Revenue Recognition Test Run to be reviewed. There you can:

a. Review the result of the test run.b. View the application log and verify if the test run finished without errors.c. If there are errors in the test run, you can reschedule it.








3.5 Payables

3.5.1 Edit Missing Data in Foreign Payable Invoice

OverviewThe Edit Missing Data in Foreign Payable Invoice task is generated by the system when an invoice does not have acentral bank code.When invoices are added to the Central Bank Reporting work list, the system assigns a central bank code accordingto the rules in the Central Bank Code Determination table.By default, this type of task has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires. The referencebusiness document is the supplier invoice.

ResponseIf you normally receive invoices with similar attributes, you can define rules to automatically determine theappropriate central bank code. You can add a central bank code determination rule in business configuration or inthe Payables Periodic Tasks Central Bank Reporting . For more information, see the Quick Guide for CentralBank ReportingWhen you have defined a rule, you should then apply this rule to any items in Central Bank Reporting by clicking

Actions Propose Central Bank Code.If this item does not have typical attributes, it is not practical to define a rule for it; You can enter a central bank codein Edit Central Bank Reporting.If You Choose Not to Respond:Depending on the configuration settings, a deadline for this task is set to a specified number of days after the creationof the task. If you do not complete the task by this time, the priority of the task will escalate.

ConfigurationYou have selected central bank reporting in your solution configuration. Central bank reporting is only available forAustria, Denmark, France, Germany, and the Netherlands. You must select one of these countries in the Countryand Type of Business step in the scoping phase.To find the related business options, go to the Business Configuration work center and choose the ImplementationProjects view. Select your implementation project and click Edit Project Scope . In the Scoping step of the project,ensure that Foreign Trade Declarations is selected within Compliance and choose Central Bank Reporting. InQuestions, select Central Bank Reporting and answer the related questions.


If you do not want the system to perform central bank reporting, the key user can deactivate it. This means that wheninvoices are posted, they are not transferred to the Central Bank Reporting list and no central bank code isdetermined. Therefore, no reporting data is available in the system.

If your company has a legal requirement to submit reports to the central bank, and you deactivate it in thesystem, you must use other methods to prepare these reports.


3.5.2 Task – Review and Clear Payable

OverviewThis task is sent to the accountant for each cash disbursement that must be cleared. This task type supports theperiod-end closing process.The cash disbursement was not automatically cleared by the system, since the reason for the payment was unclear.References to invoices may be wrong or missing. You can change the assignment of invoices to the payment or youcan accept the payment as payment on account.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is optional and can be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process the task.The reference business document is the payment.

RelevanceA task of this task type is displayed in the worklist and can be edited if the following prerequisites are met:

● The work center view must be assigned to the employee. ● For this work center, the employee must have read and write authorization for the company to which the task

belongs.

The user rights and access rights are specified in the Application and User Management work center.The relevant users receive this task in the Payables work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the editor. There you can view proposals about open supplier invoices

which may fit to the payment. Choose one of the following courses of action:

● Review the proposal and if the payment amount still differs from the assigned payment amount, review thedeductions.



● If you made a partial payment to the supplier, the system will automatically create a partial clearing of theopen supplier invoice.

● If you do not have enough information to complete the task, you should discuss and clarify the payment withthe supplier.

If you choose not to respond:If you do not start processing this task after the specified time, according to configuration settings, the priority ofthe task will escalate.

ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Payables and Receivables Processing fine-tuning activity, it is possible toconfigure the following:

● Activation

● Priority

● Latest End Date


3.5.3 Task – Review and Complete Clearing for Supplier

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the accounts payables accountant when a manual clearing was started but notcompleted. The accountant responsible must either complete the clearing, for example by assigning open itemsmanually or by applying deductions, or void it.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process the task.The reference business document is the clearing.



belongs.

The user rights and access rights are specified in the Application and User Management work center.The relevant users responsible for monitoring clearings receive this task in the Payables work center.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to navigate to the details of the clearing. Here you can:

a. Select an open item from the list and assign it to the clearing. The balance of both amounts must be zero.b. Select one or more open items from the list and change the amount so that the balance is zero.c. Post the clearing when the balance of all selected items is zero and the Release button becomes active.d. View more information on the supplier account.

If you choose not to respond:Depending on the configuration settings, a deadline for this task is set to a specified number of days after the creationof the task. If you do not complete the task by this time, the priority of the task will escalate.

ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Payables and Receivables Processing fine-tuning activity, you canconfigure the following:

● Priority ● Latest end Date


3.5.4 Task - Review Balance Confirmation Run Payables

OverviewAt period end, the balance confirmations for suppliers are automatically created in the system. Every time a balanceconfirmation run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the accounts payable accountant for processing. Thesetasks prompt the user to check the result of a system run and to execute follow-up actions, which can either be toprocess individual balance confirmations or if there were errors in the run, to reschedule the system run.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated. This task type will not expire automatically; you must processand close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the balance confirmation run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the payable accountant’s worklist if the system determines the accountant to be theperson responsible for processing this balance confirmation run.The relevant users receive this task in the Payables work center.




1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the balance confirmation run to be reviewed. There you can:

a. View the complete list of balance confirmations.b. Process the balance confirmations for each supplier.c. Navigate to the application log and view the run details.

3. When there are errors in the run, you can reschedule the run.4. Complete the task.


ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Balance Confirmation fine-tuning activity, you can configure the following:

● Priority ● Latest End Date


3.5.5 Task - Review Supplier Payments in Payment Run

OverviewPeriodically, supplier payment proposals are created in the system. Every time a payment run is finished, a task ofthis type is sent to the accounts payable accountant. This task prompts the user to check the result of a paymentrun and to execute follow-up actions, which can be either to process individual payment proposals or if there wereerrors in the run, to reschedule the payment run.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task manually.The reference business document is the payment run.


● The work center view must be assigned to the employee.


● For this work center, the employee must have read and write authorization for the company to which the taskbelongs.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the payment proposal list. There you can:

a. View the complete list of payment proposals.b. Process the payment proposals individually.c. Navigate to the application log and view the run details.



ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Payment and Liquidity Management fine-tuning activity, it is possible toconfigure the following:



3.5.6 Edit Missing Data in Foreign Payable Invoice

OverviewThe Edit Missing Data in Foreign Payable Invoice task is generated by the system when an invoice does not have acentral bank code.When invoices are added to the Central Bank Reporting work list, the system assigns a central bank code accordingto the rules in the Central Bank Code Determination table.By default, this type of task has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires. The referencebusiness document is the supplier invoice.



ResponseIf you normally receive invoices with similar attributes, you can define rules to automatically determine theappropriate central bank code. You can add a central bank code determination rule in business configuration or inthe Payables Periodic Tasks Central Bank Reporting . For more information, see the Quick Guide for CentralBank ReportingWhen you have defined a rule, you should then apply this rule to any items in Central Bank Reporting by clicking

Actions Propose Central Bank Code.If this item does not have typical attributes, it is not practical to define a rule for it; You can enter a central bank codein Edit Central Bank Reporting.If You Choose Not to Respond:Depending on the configuration settings, a deadline for this task is set to a specified number of days after the creationof the task. If you do not complete the task by this time, the priority of the task will escalate.

ConfigurationYou have selected central bank reporting in your solution configuration. Central bank reporting is only available forAustria, Denmark, France, Germany, and the Netherlands. You must select one of these countries in the Countryand Type of Business step in the scoping phase.To find the related business options, go to the Business Configuration work center and choose the ImplementationProjects view. Select your implementation project and click Edit Project Scope . In the Scoping step of the project,ensure that Foreign Trade Declarations is selected within Compliance and choose Central Bank Reporting. InQuestions, select Central Bank Reporting and answer the related questions.If you do not want the system to perform central bank reporting, the key user can deactivate it. This means that wheninvoices are posted, they are not transferred to the Central Bank Reporting list and no central bank code isdetermined. Therefore, no reporting data is available in the system.



3.5.7 Review Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Payables Run

OverviewWhen a Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Payables run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the accountspayables accountant who has to review the result of this run.


By default, a task of this type has medium priority. This task type will not expire automatically; you must processand close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Payables run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the accounts payables accountant’s worklist if the system determines the accountspayables accountant to be the person responsible for processing this run.The relevant users receive this task in the Payables work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Payables Run to be

reviewed. There you can:a. Review the result of the run.b. View the application log and verify if the run finished without errors.c. When there are errors in the run, you can reschedule the run.



ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Payables, Receivables and Cash fine-tuning activity, you can configurethe following:





3.5.8 Review Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Payables TestRun

OverviewWhen a Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Payables test run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the accountspayables accountant who has to check the result of this test run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. This task type will not expire automatically; you must processand close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Payables test run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the accounts payables accountant’s worklist if the system determines the accountspayables accountant to be the person responsible for processing this test run.The relevant users receive this task in the Payables work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Payables Test Run to be

reviewed. There you can:a. Review the result of the run.b. View the application log and verify if the test run finished without errors.c. When there are errors in the test run, you can reschedule the test run.







3.5.9 Review Reclassification of Payables Run

OverviewWhen a Reclassification of Payables run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the accounts payables accountantwho has to check the result of this run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. This task type will not expire automatically; you must processand close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Reclassification of Payables Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the accounts payables accountant’s worklist if the system determines the accountspayables accountant to be the person responsible for processing this run.The relevant users receive this task in the Payables work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Reclassification of Payables Run to be reviewed. There you can:









3.5.10 Review Reclassification of Payables Test Run

OverviewWhen a Reclassification of Payables test run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the accounts payables accountantwho has to review the result of this test run and decide, if the result is correct and ready for the posting run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. This task type will not expire automatically; you must processand close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Reclassification of Payables Test Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the accounts payables accountant’s worklist if the system determines the accountspayables accountant to be the person responsible for processing this test run.The relevant users receive this task in the Payables work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Reclassification of Payables Test Run to be reviewed. There you

can:a. Review the result of the test run.b. View the application log and verify if the test run finished without errors.c. When there are errors in the test run, you can reschedule the test run.







3.5.11 Task — Revise Clearing of Under-/Overpayment to Supplier

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the payables accountant when a payables clearing proposal was not approved by theresponsible manager but sent back for revision.The manager may have included a reason for the revision. This clearing proposal must be revised and adjusted beforeit can be approved and the clearing process can be finalized.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process the task.The reference business document is the clearing.



belongs.



1. In the Details section, review the task details.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the clearing to be revised. Here you can:

a. Review the details and adjust the clearing proposal.b. Release the adjusted clearing for approval.







3.5.12 Task — Revise Supplier Payment

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the payables accountant when a payment proposal for a supplier payment, generatedby the payment run, was not approved by the responsible manager but sent back for revision.The manager may have included a reason for the revision. This payment must be revised and adjusted before it canbe approved for payment execution.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. This task type is optional and can be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process the task.The reference business document is the payment.



belongs.



1. In the Details section, review the task details.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the payment to be revised. Here you can:

a. Review the details or navigate to the referenced proposal and adjust the payment.b. Release the adjusted due payment for approval.



ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Payment and Liquidity Management fine-tuning activity, you can configurethe following:

● Task Activation ● Default Priority ● Latest End Date


3.5.13 Task — Revise Under-/Overpayment to Supplier

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the payables accountant when an under-/overpayment from a cash disbursement wasnot approved by the responsible manager but sent back for revision.The manager may have included a reason for the revision. This under-/overpayment must be revised and adjustedbefore it can be approved for posting.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. This task type is optional and can be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the payment.



belongs.




a. Review the details of the cash disbursement and adjust the under-/overpayment.b. Release the adjusted payment for approval.

If you choose not to respond:



Depending on the configuration settings, a deadline for this task is set to a specified number of days after the creationof the task. If you do not complete the task by this time, the priority of the task will escalate.




3.6 Receivables

3.6.1 Edit Missing Data in Foreign Receivable Invoice

OverviewThe Edit Missing Data in Foreign Receivable Invoice task is generated by the system when an invoice does not havea central bank code.When invoices are added to the Central Bank Reporting work list, the system assigns a central bank code accordingto the rules in the Central Bank Code Determination table.By default, this type of task has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires. The referencebusiness document is the customer invoice.

ResponseIf you normally receive invoices with similar attributes, you can define rules to automatically determine theappropriate central bank code. You can add a central bank code determination rule in business configuration or inthe Receivables Periodic Tasks Central Bank Reporting . For more information, see the Quick Guide forCentral Bank Reporting.When you have defined a rule, you should then apply this rule to any items in Central Bank Reporting by clicking

Actions Propose Central Bank Code.If this item does not have typical attributes; you can enter a central bank code in Edit Central Bank Reporting .If You Choose Not to Respond:


Depending on the configuration settings, a deadline for this task is set to a specified number of days after the creationof the task. If you do not complete the task by this time, the priority of the task will escalate.

ConfigurationYou have selected central bank reporting in your solution configuration. Central bank reporting is only available forAustria, Denmark, France, Germany, and the Netherlands. You must select one of these countries in the Countryand Type of Business step in the scoping phase.To find the related business options, go to the Business Configuration work center and choose the ImplementationProjects view. Select your implementation project and click Edit Project Scope . In the Scoping step of the project,ensure that Foreign Trade Declarations is selected within Compliance and choose Central Bank Reporting. InQuestions, select Central Bank Reporting and answer the related questions.If you do not want the system to perform central bank reporting, the key user can deactivate it. This means that wheninvoices are posted, they are not transferred to the Central Bank Reporting list and no central bank code isdetermined. Therefore, no reporting data is available in the system, and no tasks are created.



3.6.2 Task - Process Bill of Exchange Deposit with Overdue BankConfirmation

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the accounting clerk each time a bill of exchange deposit has not been credited to yourbank account and therefore has not been confirmed by your bank.By default, a task of this type has medium priority; however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the bill of exchange deposit.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for bill of exchange processing.The relevant users receive this task in the Receivables work center.




1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the bill of exchange deposit to be reviewed. There you can:

● View the bill of exchange deposit details for correctness and analyze the reason for the overdue ● Contact your bank for clarification. ● Reverse the bill of exchange deposit.



● Activation, depending on the number of overdue days ● Default Priority ● Latest End Date


3.6.3 Task - Process Bill of Exchange Deposit with Overdue Transfer

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the accounting clerk each time a bill of exchange deposit has not been transferred toyour bank within a specified number of days.By default, a task of this type has medium priority; however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the outgoing check.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for bill of exchange processing.The relevant users receive this task in the Receivables work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.


2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the bill of exchange deposit to be reviewed. There you can: ● View the bill of exchange deposit details for correctness ● Release the bill of exchange deposit and send it to the bank ● Reverse the bill of exchange deposit, if it is obsolete



● Activation, depending on the number of overdue days ● Default Priority ● Latest End Date


3.6.4 Task – Review and Clear Receivable

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the user when a payment received cannot be matched with an open customer invoice.Automatic clearing is not possible if information such as the payment reference is missing or incorrect, or if thepayment amount differs from the outstanding amount. You must clear the payments manually.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is optional and can be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process the task.The reference business document is the payment.



belongs.

The user rights and access rights are specified in the Application and User Management work center.The relevant users receive this task in the Receivables work center.




1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the editor. There you can view proposals about open customer

invoices which may fit to the payment. Choose one of the following courses of action: ● Review the proposal and if the payment amount still differs from the assigned payment amount, review

the deductions ● If a customer made a partial payment, the system will automatically create a partial clearing of the open

customer invoice ● If you do not have enough information to complete the task, you should discuss and clarify the payment

with the customer





3.6.5 Task – Review and Complete Clearing for Customer

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the accounts receivables accountant when a manual clearing was started but notcompleted. The accountant responsible must either complete the clearing, for example by assigning open itemsmanually or by applying deductions, or void it.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process the task.The reference business document is the clearing.




belongs.

The user rights and access rights are specified in the Application and User Management work center.The relevant users responsible for monitoring clearings receive this task in the Receivables work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to navigate to the details of the clearing. Here you can:

a. Select an open item from the list and assign it to the clearing. The balance of both amounts must be zero.b. Select one or more open items from the list and change the amount so that the balance is zero.c. Post the clearing when the balance of all selected items is zero and the Release button becomes active.d. View more information on the customer account.





3.6.6 Task - Review Balance Confirmation Run Receivables

OverviewAt period end, the balance confirmations for customers are automatically created in the system. Every time a balanceconfirmation run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the accounts receivable accountant for processing. These



tasks prompt the user to check the result of a system run and to execute follow-up actions, which can either be toprocess individual balance confirmations or if there were errors in the run, to reschedule the system run.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated. This task type will not expire automatically; you must processand close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the balance confirmation run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the accounts receivable accountant’s worklist if the system determines the accountantto be the person responsible for processing this balance confirmation run.The relevant users receive this task in the Receivables work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the balance confirmation run to be reviewed. There you can:

a. View the complete list of balance confirmations.b. Process the balance confirmations for each customer.c. Navigate to the application log and view the run details.



ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Balance Confirmation fine-tuning activity, you can configure the following:



3.6.7 Task - Review Customer Payments in Payment Run

OverviewPeriodically, customer payment proposals are created in the system. Every time a payment run is finished, a task ofthis type is sent to the accounts receivable accountant. This task prompts the user to check the result of a payment


run and to execute follow-up actions, which can be either to process individual payment proposals or if there wereerrors in the run, to reschedule the payment run.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task manually.The reference business document is the payment run.



belongs.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the payment proposal list. There you can:

a. View the complete list of payment proposals.b. Process the payment proposals individually.c. Navigate to the application log and view the run details.








3.6.8 Task - Review Dunning Run

OverviewAt period end, the dunning proposals for customers are automatically created in the system. When the dunning runis finished, a task of this type is automatically sent to the accounts receivable accountant.Tasks of this type prompt the user to check the result of a system run and to execute follow-up actions, which canbe either to process individual dunning documents or if there were errors in the run, to reschedule the system run.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated. This task type will not expire automatically; you must processand close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the dunning run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the accounts receivable accountant’s worklist if the system determines the accountsreceivable accountant to be the person responsible for processing the dunning proposals.The relevant users receive this task in the Receivables work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open this dunning run. Here you can:

a. View the complete list of dunning proposals.b. Process the dunning proposals for individual customers.c. Navigate to the application log and view the run details.



ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Receivables fine-tuning activity, it is possible to configure the following:

● Priority ● Latest End Date ● Task Activation



3.6.9 Edit Missing Data in Foreign Receivable Invoice

OverviewThe Edit Missing Data in Foreign Receivable Invoice task is generated by the system when an invoice does not havea central bank code.When invoices are added to the Central Bank Reporting work list, the system assigns a central bank code accordingto the rules in the Central Bank Code Determination table.By default, this type of task has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires. The referencebusiness document is the customer invoice.

ResponseIf you normally receive invoices with similar attributes, you can define rules to automatically determine theappropriate central bank code. You can add a central bank code determination rule in business configuration or inthe Receivables Periodic Tasks Central Bank Reporting . For more information, see the Quick Guide forCentral Bank Reporting.When you have defined a rule, you should then apply this rule to any items in Central Bank Reporting by clicking

Actions Propose Central Bank Code.If this item does not have typical attributes; you can enter a central bank code in Edit Central Bank Reporting .If You Choose Not to Respond:Depending on the configuration settings, a deadline for this task is set to a specified number of days after the creationof the task. If you do not complete the task by this time, the priority of the task will escalate.

ConfigurationYou have selected central bank reporting in your solution configuration. Central bank reporting is only available forAustria, Denmark, France, Germany, and the Netherlands. You must select one of these countries in the Countryand Type of Business step in the scoping phase.To find the related business options, go to the Business Configuration work center and choose the ImplementationProjects view. Select your implementation project and click Edit Project Scope . In the Scoping step of the project,ensure that Foreign Trade Declarations is selected within Compliance and choose Central Bank Reporting. InQuestions, select Central Bank Reporting and answer the related questions.



If you do not want the system to perform central bank reporting, the key user can deactivate it. This means that wheninvoices are posted, they are not transferred to the Central Bank Reporting list and no central bank code isdetermined. Therefore, no reporting data is available in the system, and no tasks are created.



3.6.10 Review Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Receivables Run

OverviewWhen a Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Receivables run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the accountsreceivables accountant who has to review the result of this run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Receivables run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the accounts receivables accountant’s worklist if the system determines the accountsreceivables accountant to be the person responsible for processing this run.The relevant users receive this task in the Receivables work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Receivables Run to be

reviewed. There you can:a. Review the result of the run.b. View the application log and verify if the run finished without errors.c. When there are errors in the run, you can reschedule the run.







3.6.11 Review Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Receivables TestRun

OverviewWhen a Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Receivables test run is finished, a task of this type is sent to theaccounts receivables accountant who has to check the result of this test run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Receivables test run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the accounts receivables accountant’s worklist if the system determines the accountsreceivables accountant to be the person responsible for processing this test run.The relevant users receive this task in the Receivables work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Receivables Test Run to

be reviewed. There you can:a. Review the result of the run.b. View the application log and verify if the finished without errors.c. When there are errors in the test run, you can reschedule the test run.








3.6.12 Review Reclassification of Receivables Run

OverviewWhen a Reclassification of Receivables run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the accounts receivablesaccountant who has to review the result of this run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Reclassification of Receivables Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the accounts receivables accountant’s worklist if the system determines the accountsreceivables accountant to be the person responsible for processing this run.The relevant users receive this task in the Receivables work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Reclassification of Receivables Run to be reviewed. There you

can:a. Review the result of the run.b. View the application log and verify if the run finished without errors.c. When there are errors in the run, you can reschedule the run.







3.6.13 Review Reclassification of Receivables Test Run

OverviewWhen a Reclassification of Receivables test run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the accounts receivablesaccountant who has to review the result of this test run and decide, if the result is correct and ready for the postingrun.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Reclassification of Receivables Test Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the accounts receivables accountant’s worklist if the system determines the accountsreceivables accountant to be the person responsible for processing this test run.The relevant users receive this task in the Receivables work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Reclassification of Receivables Test Run to be reviewed. There

you can:a. Review the result of the test run.b. View the application log and verify if the test run finished without errors.c. When there are errors in the test run, you can reschedule the test run.





If you do not start processing this task it will stay on the worklist until you set it to complete.




3.6.14 Task — Revise Clearing of Under-/Overpayment by Customer

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the receivables accountant when a receivables clearing proposal was not approved bythe responsible manager but sent back for revision.The manager may have included a reason for the revision. This clearing proposal must be revised and adjusted beforeit can be approved and the clearing process can be finalized.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process the task.The reference business document is the clearing.



belongs.



1. In the Details section, review the task details.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the clearing to be revised. Here you can:

a. Review the details and adjust the clearing proposal.b. Release the adjusted clearing for approval.






3.6.15 Task — Revise Customer Payment

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the receivables accountant when a payment proposal for a customer payment, generatedby the payment run, was not approved by the responsible manager but sent back for revision.The manager may have included a reason for the revision. This payment must be revised and adjusted before it canbe approved for payment execution.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. This task type is optional and can be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process the task.The reference business document is the payment.



belongs.






a. Review the details or navigate to the referenced proposal and adjust the payment.b. Release the adjusted payment for approval.





3.6.16 Task — Revise Under-/Overpayment by Customer

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the receivables accountant when an under-/overpayment from a cash receipt was notapproved by the responsible manager but sent back for revision.The manager may have included a reason for the revision. This under-/overpayment must be revised and adjustedbefore it can be approved for posting.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. This task type is optional and can be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the payment.



belongs.





a. Review the details of the cash receipt and adjust the under-/overpayment.b. Release the adjusted payment for approval.





3.7 Payment Management

3.7.1 Task - Process Check Deposit with Overdue Bank Transfer

OverviewIn order to cash in incoming checks, the accountant assigns them to a check deposit. This check deposit includingthe incoming checks is handed over to the bank. The bank credits the company’s bank account with the total valueof the check deposit. The company is notified about the credited amount via bank statement.When a check deposit is not credited to the bank account, a task of this type is sent to the accountant after a definednumber of days, depending on the configuration settings, in order to inform the accountant about the missing value.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.A task of this type will not expire automatically; you must process the check deposit before it expires.The reference business document is the check deposit.



RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the accountant’s worklist if the system determines the accountant as the personresponsible for processing this check deposit.The relevant users receive this task in the Payment Management work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open this specific check deposit. Here you can view the details of the

assigned checks.3. Contact the bank and clarify the disposition of the check deposit.4. Complete the task



● Activation ● Default Priority ● Latest End Date


3.7.2 Task – Assign Customer/Supplier to the Payment Allocation

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the accounts payable and receivable accountants when the customer/supplierinformation is missing in the payment medium. The accountant must assign the customer/supplier before theallocation process can be completed.By default, as task of this type has high priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the payment allocation.


RelevanceEach task of this type refers to a particular item within a bank statement. A task of this type is sent to the organizationalunit which is responsible for payment management.The relevant users receive this task in the My Work view of the Payment Management work center.


1. Refer to your bank statement for additional information or contact your bank to receive more informationabout the payment.

2. In the Details section, review the details of the task.3. Click Edit or click the task title to open the payment allocation quick activity. There you can choose one of the

following courses of action: ● Assign the missing customer/supplier account using the Customer/Supplier and Area view ● Assign a payment advice using the Payment Transaction view ● Post the payment directly to a G/L account using either the Fees and Interests or Other Allocation views ● Mark the payment as a return and instruct your bank to cancel the transaction ● It is also possible to combine some allocations. For example, you can assign a proportion of the amount

to a customer/supplier account and post the remainder directly to a G/L account.





3.7.3 Task – Assign Payment Transaction to Payment Allocation

OverviewThe payment method entered in the bank statement item implies the existence of a company initiated payment thatis confirmed or returned by this bank statement item.



Tasks of this type are sent to the user when the system could not automatically find a matching payment. You mustassign the payment transaction to the payment allocation before the allocation process can be completed.By default, as task of this type has high priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the payment allocation.

RelevanceEach task of this type refers to a particular item within a bank statement. A task of this type is sent to the organizationalunit which is responsible for payment management.The relevant users receive this task in the Payment Management work center.


1. Refer to your bank statement for additional information or contact your bank to receive more informationabout the payment.

2. In the Details section, review the details of the task.3. Click Edit or click the task title to open the payment allocation quick activity. There you can choose one of

the following courses of action: ● Assign the missing customer/supplier account using the Customer/Supplier and Area view ● Assign a payment transaction using the Payment Transaction view ● Post the payment directly to a G/L account using either the Fees and Interests or Other Allocation views ● Mark the payment as a return and instruct your bank to cancel the transaction

4. It is also possible to combine some allocations. For example, you can assign a proportion of the amount to apayment transaction and post the remainder directly to a G/L account.






3.7.4 Task – Assign Process Variant Type to Payment Allocation

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the user when the payment method was not entered in the preceding bank statementitem of the payment allocation. As a result, the process variant type in the payment allocation could not bedetermined. You must assign the process variant type to the payment allocation before the allocation process canbe completed.By default, as task of this type has high priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the payment allocation.

RelevanceEach task of this type refers to a particular item within a bank statement. A task of this type is sent to the organizationalunit which is responsible for payment management.The relevant users receive this task in the My Work view of the Payment Management work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the payment allocation quick activity. There you can assign the

appropriate process variant type to the payment allocation.3. Refer to your bank statement for additional information or contact your bank to receive more information

about the payment.







3.7.5 Task - Authorize or Reauthorize Credit Card Payment

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the accountant when the authorization status of a credit card payment is set to Not Ok.The accountant must authorize or reauthorize the credit card payment.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the clearing house payment order.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for authorizing credit card payments.The relevant users receive this task in the Payment Management work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the specific credit card to be reviewed. Here you can view the credit

card payment authorization details and decide to proceed as follows:a. Authorize the credit card payment, if authorization was not provided yetb. Re-authorize the credit card payment, if authorization was provided previously






3.7.6 Task – Process Check Deposit with Overdue Bank Confirmation

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the accountant when the bank confirmation of a check deposit is overdue. You shouldcontact your bank to clarify why the confirmation has not been processed. The task is sent after a defined numberof days, depending on the due date of the check deposit.By default, as task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the check deposit.

RelevanceEach task of this type refers to a particular check deposit. A task of this type is sent to the organizational unit whichis responsible for payment management.The relevant users receive this task in the My Work view of the Payment Management work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the check deposit to be reviewed. Here you can determine why the

check deposit was not confirmed.3. Alternatively, you can contact your bank to clarify why the confirmation has not been processed. Depending

on the outcome of the communication with your bank, you can choose one of the following options: ● You can use the Note field within the task to document the communication with your bank. If the bank

confirmed that the deposit is in process, you can lower the priority of the task. ● If the checks and check deposit were lost on route to the bank, you can cancel the check deposit and

void the incoming checks.



● Default Priority ● Latest End Date ● Activation Date




3.7.7 Task - Process Check Deposit with Overdue Bank Transfer

OverviewIn order to cash in incoming checks, the accountant assigns them to a check deposit. This check deposit includingthe incoming checks is handed over to the bank. The bank credits the company’s bank account with the total valueof the check deposit. The company is notified about the credited amount via bank statement.When a check deposit is not credited to the bank account, a task of this type is sent to the accountant after a definednumber of days, depending on the configuration settings, in order to inform the accountant about the missing value.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.A task of this type will not expire automatically; you must process the check deposit before it expires.The reference business document is the check deposit.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the accountant’s worklist if the system determines the accountant as the personresponsible for processing this check deposit.The relevant users receive this task in the Payment Management work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open this specific check deposit. Here you can view the details of the

assigned checks.3. Contact the bank and clarify the disposition of the check deposit.4. Complete the task






3.7.8 Task – Process Overdue Advice

Overview

By default, this type of task has a medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is not mandatory and can be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the payment advice.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for payment management.The relevant users receive this task in the Payment Management work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to navigate to the details of the payment advice. Here you can:

a. Review whether an incoming payment was incorrectly assigned and correct it.b. If a payment did not arrive, cancel the payment advice. The open items must be included in the dunning

procedure.

If You Choose Not to Respond:If you do not start processing this task after the specified time, according to configuration settings, the priority ofthe task will increase to the highest level.

ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Payment and Clearing fine-tuning activity, you can configure the following:





3.7.9 Task - Process Overdue Incoming Check

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the cash manager when an incoming check is overdue. The overdue check has to beassigned to a check deposit and cashed at the bank. By default a task of this type is sent (activation date) a specifiedtime after the earliest cashing time.By default, as task of this type has high priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is optional and can be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it escalates.The reference business document is the incoming check.

RelevanceEach task of this type refers to a particular incoming check. A task of this type is sent to the organizational unit whichis responsible for payment and liquidity management.The relevant users receive this task in the My Work view of the Payment Management work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to navigate to the details of the overdue check, assign it to a check deposit

and cash it at the bank.

If You Choose Not to Respond:Depending on the configuration settings previously selected, a default deadline for this task is set to a specifiednumber of days after the creation of the task. However, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.


● Priority ● Latest End Date ● Activation Date ● Earliest Cashing Date



3.7.10 Task - Process Uncashed Outgoing Check

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the accounting clerk each time an outgoing check has not been cashed after a specifiednumber of days.By default, a task of this type has medium priority; however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is optional and can be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it escalates.The reference business document is the outgoing check.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for check processing.The relevant users receive this task in the Payment Management work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the uncashed check. There you can:

● Review the check to ensure the cashing-relevant data is correct ● Trigger the cashing process again ● Void the check

3. Contact your bank for clarification



● Activation, depending on the number of uncashed days ● Default Priority ● Latest End Date




3.7.11 Review Payment Media Creation Run

OverviewWhen a Payment Media Creation run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the cash manager who has to reviewthe result, the payment items and the payment media, of this run.By default, a task of this type has medium priorityThis task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Payment Media Creation Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the cash manager’s worklist if the system determines the cash manager to be the personresponsible for processing this runThe relevant users receive this task in the Payment Management work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Payment Media Creation Run to be reviewed. There you can:

a. Review the result of the run, consisting of the payment items and the payment mediab. View the application log and verify if the run finished without errorsc. When there are errors in the run, you can reschedule the rund. If the run was finished without errors, you can submit the resulting files to the bank and finalize the

payment process3. Complete the task



● Task Activation


● Priority


3.7.12 Review Payment Media Deposit Creation Run

OverviewWhen a Payment Media Deposit Creation run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the cash manager who has toreview the result of this run, the new bill of exchange deposits.By default, a task of this type has medium priority.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Payment Media Deposit Creation Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the cash manager’s worklist if the system determines the cash manager to be the personresponsible for processing this run.The relevant users receive this task in the Payment Management work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Payment Media Deposit Creation Run to be reviewed. There you

can:a. Review the result of the run consisting of new bill of exchange depositsb. View the application log and verify if the run finished without errorsc. When there are errors in the run, you can reschedule the rund. If the run was finished without errors, you can release and transfer the new bill of exchange deposits in

the Bill of Exchange Deposits subview of the Deposits and Batches view3. Complete the task







3.7.13 Review and Release Bill of Exchange Deposit

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the accounting clerk each time a bill of exchange deposit run is finished and the depositis ready to be reviewed before it is sent to the bank.By default, a task of this type has high priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is optional and can be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the Bill of Exchange.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for payment management.The relevant users responsible for monitoring bills of exchange receive this task in the Payment Management workcenter.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the bill of exchange deposit. Here you can:

a. Review and release the bill of exchange depositb. Process individual bills of exchange. You can un-assign them or assign new bills of exchange, an you can

change the bank accounts.c. Release the deposit.

If You Choose Not to Respond:Depending on the configuration settings, a deadline for this task is set to a specified number of days after the creationof the task. If you do not complete the task by this time, the priority of the task will escalate





3.7.14 Review the Bill of Exchange Cashing

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the accounting clerk each time a bill of exchange cashing file is uploaded and the cashinglist must be reviewed.By default, a task of this type has high priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the bill of exchange.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for bill of exchange processing.The relevant users responsible for monitoring bills of exchange receive this task in the Payment Management workcenter.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the bill of exchange cashing file. Here you can:

● Review and release the cashing list. ● Process individual bills of exchange. You can un-assign them or assign new bills of exchange, an you can

change the bank accounts. ● Release the cashing list.







3.7.15 Solve Error in Bank Statement Processing

OverviewA task of this type is sent because an error occurred while processing a message sent by a source document of aspecific typeThe task title and description indicate the source document type and the sender name.You need to solve and close this task or contact someone who can solve it. Otherwise no accounting documents willbe posted, and the GL accounts will remain incomplete.This task type supports the period-end closing process.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the cash manger’s worklist.The relevant users receive this task in the Payment Management work center.






If You Choose Not to Respond:If you do not start processing this task after the specified time of 5 days, the priority of the task will escalate to thehighest priority




3.7.16 Solve Error in Bill of Exchange Cashing Processing













3.7.17 Solve Error in Clearing Confirmation Processing













3.7.18 Solve Error in Incoming Cheque Processing

OverviewA task of this type is sent because an error occurred while processing a message sent by a source document of aspecific typeThe task title and description indicate the source document type and the sender name.You need to solve and close this task or contact someone who can solve it. Otherwise no accounting documents willbe posted, and the GL accounts will remain incomplete.This task type supports the period-end closing process.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the cash manger’s worklist.The relevant users receive this task in the Payment Management work center




documents.







3.7.19 Solve Error in Incoming Payment Advice Processing





a. Check all error messages created during message processing.b. See details about sender and receiver.c. Check the content of the message in order to find inconsistencies.d. Restart the message.


e. Restart all messages for the same interface.f. Request a reconciliation message in order to get a new message sent with the current state of all related






3.7.20 Solve Error in Payment Card Settlement Processing

OverviewA task of this type is sent because an error occurred while processing a message sent by a source document of aspecific type.The task title and description indicate the source document type and the sender nameYou need to solve and close this task or contact someone who can solve it. Otherwise no accounting documents willbe posted, and the GL accounts will remain incomplete.This task type supports the period-end closing process.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.




a. Check all error messages created during message processing.



b. See details about sender and receiver.c. Check the content of the message in order to find inconsistencies.d. Restart the message.e. Restart all messages for the same interface.f. Request a reconciliation message in order to get a new message sent with the current state of all related






3.7.21 Solve Error in Payment Order Request Processing




1. In the Details section, read the instruction of the task.


2. Click Edit or click the task title to open it. Here you can:a. Check all error messages created during message processing.b. See details about sender and receiver.c. Check the content of the message in order to find inconsistencies.d. Restart the message.e. Restart all messages for the same interface.f. Request a reconciliation message in order to get a new message sent with the current state of all related






3.8 Liquidity Management

3.8.1 Task - Process New Payment File

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the responsible cash manager each time a payment file is complete and must be releasedfor payment execution. The payment file must be released before transmission to the bank.By default, a task of this type has high priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements. Thistask type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.Tasks of this type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the payment file.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for cash and liquidity management.The relevant users responsible for processing payment files receive this task in the Liquidity Management workcenter.




1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to review this specific payment file for correctness and completeness and

then release it.


ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Cash and Liquidity Management fine-tuning activity, you can configurethe following:



3.8.2 Task - Release Bank Statement

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the responsible cash manager each time a bank statement is created and is ready tobe reviewed and released.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the bank statement.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for cash and liquidity management.The relevant users responsible for processing bank statements receive this task in the Liquidity Management workcenter.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the bank statement and release it.


ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Payment and Clearing fine-tuning activity, you can configure the following:



3.8.3 Task - Review Duplicate Bank Directory Entries

OverviewTasks of this type must be processed in order to avoid duplicates in the bank directory processing. A task of thistype is sent to the responsible cash manager each time the system detects a double entry of bank directory datawhilst a bank directory entry for the same bank already exists and currently is active.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the bank directory.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for cash and liquidity management.The relevant users responsible for processing bank directories receive this task in the Liquidity Management workcenter.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the affected bank directory entry duplicates. Here you can verify

which of the bank directory entries is correct. The new entry is in status In Preparation when the task is sent.



3. Alternatively, open the Bank Directory subview of the Cash and Liquidity work center. Search for the affectedbank directory entries. Click Accept Changes or Reject Changes for each bank directory entry.





3.8.4 Task - Review Error in File

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the cash manager when there is an error in a payment file of a specific file type. Thename of the file type will be displayed in the task title. The payment process is stopped and cannot continue until theerror is solved.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the payment file.



● In the Details section, review the task details.


● Click Edit or click the task title to open the affected payment file and analyze the error. Here you view thefile and verify whether the data are not correct, missing or unreadable, or if the wrong data format was used.You have to fix the payment file before the system will continue with the payment transaction.

● Complete the task.

If You Choose Not to Respond:Depending on the configuration settings, a deadline for this task is set to a specified number of days after the creationof the task. If you do not respond to the priority of task will escalate.




3.8.5 Task - Review Error in File

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the cash manager when the system detects an error during the processing of an incomingpayment file.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the Payment File.






● Click Edit or click the task title to open the affected payment file and analyze the error. You can view the logof this incoming file in the payment file register and verify the type of error indicated there. You have to fix theerror in the payment file before the system will continue processing this file.






3.8.6 Task - Review Errors in Liquidity Forecast

OverviewPeriodically, liquidity forecasts are created for a defined forecast time frame. Every time a liquidity forecast run isfinished with errors, a task of this type is sent to the cash manager. The cash manager must review and analyze theerrors and decide on follow-up actions such as correcting or to re-schedule the forecast run.By default, a task of this type has high priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements. Thistask type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task will not expire automatically; you must correct the errors in this liquidity forecast before the task expires.The reference business document is the liquidity forecast run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the cash manager’s worklist if the system determines this person as being responsiblefor processing this liquidity forecast run.The relevant users receive this task in the Liquidity Management work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the liquidity forecast to be reviewed. There you can:


a. Click Check and Finish and view the reason for the error.b. Perform corrections in line with the information in the error message. For example, add missing exchange

rates.c. Reschedule the forecast run to ensure there are no more inconsistencies.






3.8.7 Task - Review Inconsistent Bank Statement

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the responsible cash manager each time the system detects inconsistencies in a bankstatement. These tasks must be processed to resolve inconsistent bank statements. Bank statements must beconsistent before the system can clear any open items and post the bank statement to the relevant accounts.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the bank statement.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the organizational unit which is responsible for cash and liquidity management.The relevant users responsible for processing bank statements receive this task in the Liquidity Management workcenter.




1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the bank statement which has inconsistencies. Here you can verify

if the bank statement already exists or if the opening or closing balances are correct.

If You Choose Not to Respond:Depending on the configuration settings, a deadline for this task is set to a specified number of days after the creationof the task. If you do not complete the task by this time, the priority of the task will escalate to the highest level.




3.8.8 Task - Review Processing Timeout for File of Type

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the cash manager when the system detects a timeout during the processing of anincoming payment file. The payment process is stopped and will not continue until the error is solved.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the payment file.





● Click Edit or click the task title to open the affected payment file and analyze the cause of the timeout, orcontact your system administrator to analyze the status of the XML messages related to your bank's fileformat.






3.8.9 Review Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Cash Run

OverviewWhen a Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Cash run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the cash managerwho checks the results of the run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. This task type will not expire automatically; you must processand close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Cash Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the cash manager’s worklist if the system determines the cash manager to be the personresponsible for processing this run.The relevant users receive this task in the Cash & Liquidity work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Cash Run to be reviewed.

There you can:



a. Review the result of the run.b. View the application log and verify if the run finished without errors.c. If there are errors in the run, you can reschedule the run.






3.8.10 Review Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Cash Test Run

OverviewWhen a Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Cash test run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the cash managerwho checks the results of the run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. This task type will not expire automatically; you must processand close the task before it expires.This task type is optional and by default inactive.The reference business document is the Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Cash Test Run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the cash manager’s worklist if the system determines the cash manager to be the personresponsible for processing this test run.The relevant users receive this task in the Cash & Liquidity work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the Foreign Currency Remeasurement for Cash Test Run to be

reviewed. There you can:


a. Review the result of the test run.b. View the application log and verify if the test run finished without errors.c. If there are errors in the test run, you can reschedule the test run.






3.9 Tax Management

3.9.1 Task - Approve Tax Payment

This task is created in your worklist if a VAT prepayment or a tax payment resulting from a tax return (without taxdifference) was triggered in the Tax Management work center.

ConfigurationThe settings for this task type can be viewed in the fine-tuning settings under Business Task Management for TaxManagement:

● This task type cannot be deactivated. ● The default priority of this task type is High. ● The aging period is one day by default. If the task is not processed and completed by this time, the priority of

the task is automatically increased.

PrerequisitesA task of this task type is displayed in the worklist of the approver and can be edited by the approver if the followingprerequisites are met:

● The approver must be assigned to the work category to which the task belongs. ● The Managing My Area work center must be assigned to the approver.



● For selected application areas that, based on their content, belong to the assigned work categories, thecorresponding (hidden) views must also be assigned to the approver.

● For these views, the approver must be granted read and write authorization for the company to which thetask belongs.

If no approver is specified for the work category to which the task belongs, the task is displayed for all the employeeswho fulfill the following prerequisites:

● The Managing My Area work center to which the task belongs must be assigned to the employees. ● For selected application areas, the required corresponding (hidden) views need to be assigned to the

employees. ● For these views, the employees must be granted read and write authorization for the company to which the

task belongs.

The user rights and access rights as well as the assignment of the approval tasks to the respective work categoriesare specified in the Application and User Management work center.

ProcessingTo edit this task type, proceed as follows:

1. Select the task that you want to edit. ● Choose Approval to trigger the clearing of the payment. A payment clearing task is sent to the Payment

Management work center. You find the payment in the Payment Monitor with the status Ready forTransfer.

● The system posts the tax payment to the appropriate tax account and creates a journal entry. One ofthe tax returns based on the payment receives the status Completed.

● If something needs to be clarified about the payment, enter a note for the tax accountant in the commentfield and choose Send Back for Revision . A new task Revise Tax Payment is sent to the tax accountantfrom this payment.

2. Once you perform one of these actions, this approval task is regarded as completed and it is removed fromyour worklist.

See AlsoTasks Relevant for Tax Payments in the Worklist (Overview)

3.9.2 Task - Approve Tax Payment Difference

If tax payments outside of the Tax Management work center are triggered to the tax authority or are collected orrefunded by the tax authority, the system assigns appropriate, reported tax returns to these payments.If an appropriate tax return is not found for a tax payment, or several tax returns are found, or the amount of theassigned tax return differs from the tax payment amount (tax payment difference), a task Review and Release TaxPayment is created in the Tax Management [page 182] work center to process the tax payment difference. Oncethe employee has released this payment, a task Approve Tax Payment Differences is generated in your worklist.


Example:The tax accountant has converted an existing tax payment difference into a VAT prepayment and releasedthis payment in the task Review and Release Tax Payment. A task Approve Tax Payment Difference iscreated in the manager's worklist for this payment.

ConfigurationThe settings for your tax returns can be viewed in the fine-tuning settings under Business Task Management for TaxManagement:



PrerequisitesA task of this task type is displayed in the worklist of the approver and can be edited by the approver if the followingprerequisites are met:

● The approver must be assigned to the work category to which the task belongs. ● The Managing My Area work center must be assigned to the approver. ● For selected application areas that, based on their content, belong to the assigned work categories, the

corresponding (hidden) views must also be assigned to the approver. ● For these views, the approver must be granted read and write authorization for the company to which the

task belongs.




task belongs.



1. Select the task that you want to edit. ● Choose Approval to trigger the clearing of the payment. A payment clearing task is sent to the Payment

Management work center. The system posts the open tax payment to the appropriate tax account andcreates a journal entry.

● If something needs to be clarified about the payment, enter a note for the tax accountant in the commentfield and choose Send Back for Revision . A new task Revise Tax Payment Difference is sent to the taxaccountant from this payment.

2. Once you perform one of these actions, this approval task is regarded as completed and it is removed fromyour worklist.




3.9.3 Task - Review Tax Payment

This task is created in your worklist if you have triggered a VAT prepayment or a tax payment resulting from a taxreturn within theTax Management work center but the payment or master data is incorrect.

To be able to release a VAT prepayment to the tax authority, you need to define the bank details of thetax authority.


● This task type can be deactivated. ● The default priority of this task type is High. ● The aging period is one week by default. If the task is not processed and completed by this time, the priority

of the task is automatically increased.

PrerequisitesA task of this task type is displayed in the worklist and can be edited if the following prerequisites are met:

● You activate this task type is in the fine-tuning settings under Business Task Management for TaxManagement.

● The relevant work center view must be assigned to the employee. ● For this work center, the employee must have read and write authorization for the company to which the task

belongs.

The user rights and access rights are specified in the Application and User Management work center.

Processing1. Enter the Prepayment Amount and the Clearing Due Date under the Prepayments tab.2. Choose Release. The system generates an internal payment ID and posts the payment. The journal entry ID

of the created journal entry is displayed now .3. This task is regarded as completed and it is removed from your worklist.4. You find the payment with the status Ready for Transfer in the Payment Management work center under

Payment Monitor.



3.9.4 Task - Review and Release Tax Payment

If externally-initiated tax payments, that is outside of the Tax Management work center, are triggered to the taxauthority, or are collected or refunded by the tax authority, the system assigns appropriate, reported tax returns tothese payments.This task is created in your worklist if an appropriate tax return is not found for a tax payment, more that one taxreturn is found, or the amount of the assigned tax return differs from the amount of the tax payment (tax paymentdifference).Note: If in the Tax Return Arrangement under Tolerance for Tax Payments a threshold was defined that is larger thanthe tax payment difference, this task is not displayed in your worklist and the tax payment difference is postedimmediately. This task is also displayed if the system could uniquely assign a tax return and with the identical taxamount to the externally initiated tax payment.


● This task type cannot be deactivated. ● The default priority of this task type is High. ● The aging period is one week by default. If the task is not processed and completed by this time, the priority

of the task is automatically set to Very High.

Note: For selected incoming and outgoing payment types that are entered in the Payment Management or LiquidityManagement work centers, it can also be optionally defined in the configuration settings whether approval tasksshould be generated in the worklist of the person responsible for specific payment methods and users, and when adefined threshold amount is exceeded. You find these settings in fine-tuning under Business Task Management forPayment and Liquidity.



belongs.


Processing1. The system has proposed tax returns for the tax payment. Change the proposal list if necessary and set the

appropriate check boxes.Note: In some countries a tax return can include different tax types to be paid separately. In this case a taxreturn is shown more than once in the list.

2. Release the payment. This sets the task status to Completed and it is removed from your worklist. The systemgenerates an internal payment ID.

3. An approval task is sent to the manager.You can see tax payments that are in the approval process in the Tax Payments view using the In Approvalfilter.



4. Once the manager approves the tax payment, a task to clear the payment is automatically sent to the PaymentManagement work center.The system posts the payment. The journal entry ID of the created journal entry is displayed now .

5. The status of the cleared tax return(s) changes to Completed.

As long as the payment has not been released yet you can convert the tax payment into a tax prepayment:1. Enter the Prepayment Amount and the Clearing Due Date under the Prepayments tab.2. Choose Release. The system generates an internal payment ID and posts the payment. The journal entry ID

of the created journal entry is displayed now .3. You find the payment with the status Ready for Transfer in the Payment Management work center under

Payment Monitor.

Note: Only a complete amount can be converted.


3.9.5 Task - Review and Release Withholding Tax Return

This task is generated in your worklist if you have created a withholding tax return using a withholding tax return run(1099 miscellaneous form or 1099 miscellaneous file).







belongs.


Processing1. Select the task that you want to edit.2. The Withholding Tax Return screen appears.

Proceed as described under Quick Guide for Withholding Tax Returns (US) in the section Tasks.


3. Once you have submitted your tax data and released the withholding tax return in the system, the status ofthe tax return is changed to Reported. This task is then regarded as completed and is automatically removedfrom your worklist.

3.9.6 Task - Review and Release Tax Return

This task is created in your worklist in the following cases: ● Valid for Germany: You have created a new advance return for VAT or an annual tax return using a VAT return

run. ● Valid for United States: You have created a new sales and use tax return using a sales and use tax return run.







belongs.


Processing1. Select the task that you want to edit.2. The VAT Return view or Sales and Use Tax Return view appears. Proceed as described in Quick Guide for VAT

Returns or Quick Guide for Sales and Use Tax Returns under “Tasks”.3. Once you have submitted your tax data to the tax authority and have changed the status of the tax return to

Reported with Release , this task is completed and is automatically removed from your worklist.




3.9.7 Task - Revise Tax Payment

This task is created in your worklist if a tax prepayment triggered within the Tax Management work center or a taxpayment resulting from a tax return is not approved by the manager and is returned for checking.


● This task type can be deactivated. ● The default priority of this task type is High. ● The aging period is one day by default. If the task is not processed and completed by this time, the priority of





belongs.


ProcessingReleasing a Tax Payment:

1. The system has proposed tax returns for the tax payment. Change the proposal list if necessary and set theappropriate check boxes.

2. Release the payment. This sets the task status to Completed and it is removed from your worklist. The systemgenerates an internal payment ID.

3. An approval task is sent to the manager.You can see tax payments that are in the approval process in the Tax Payments view using the In Approvalfilter.

4. Once the manager approves the tax payment, a task to clear the payment is automatically sent to the PaymentManagement work center.The system posts the payment. The journal entry ID of the created journal entry is displayed now .

5. The status of the cleared tax return(s) changes to Completed.

Releasing a Tax Prepayment:1. Edit the Prepayment Amount or the Clearing Due Date under the Prepayments tab.2. Choose Release. The system generates an internal payment ID and posts the payment. The journal entry ID

of the created journal entry is displayed now .3. You find the payment with the status Ready for Transfer in the Payment Management work center under

Payment Monitor.



3.9.8 Task - Revise Tax Payment Difference

If externally-initiated tax payments, that is outside of the Tax Management work center, are triggered to the taxauthority, or are collected or refunded by the tax authority, the system assigns appropriate, reported tax returns tothese payments.If an appropriate tax return is not found for a tax payment or the amount of the assigned tax return differs from thetax payment amount, a task Review and Release Tax Payment [page 182] is created in your worklist in which youcan edit the payment and send to the manager for approval. If the manager does not approve this payment, a taskRevise Tax Payment Differences is created in your worklist for the same payment.You edit this tax payment or tax payment difference by either accepting the tax payment difference and entering itas expense, changing the assignment to the tax return, or clearing it and converting the tax payment into a VATprepayment.






belongs.



1. The system has proposed appropriate tax returns for the tax payment. Change the proposal list if necessary.Remove the tax returns from the list or add the appropriate tax returns.Note: To copy the system proposal list after your changes, choose Restore .

2. Release the payment with Submit or Accept if there is a tax payment difference. This sets the task statusto Completed and it is removed from your worklist.

3. An approval task is sent to the manager.Note: You can see tax payments that are in the approval process in the Tax Payments view using the InApproval filter.



4. Once the manager approves the tax payment, a task to clear the payment is automatically sent to the PaymentManagement work center.

You can convert a tax payment into a VAT prepayment. To do this, proceed as follows:1. Click Toggle . The system removes all system-proposed assignments to tax returns.

Note: Only a complete amount can be converted.2. Release the VAT prepayment with Submit . This sets the task status to Completed and it is removed from

your worklist.3. An approval task is sent to the manager. Once the manager approves the VAT prepayment, a task to clear

the payment is automatically sent to the Payment Management work center.

To subsequently convert a VAT prepayment again into a tax payment with referenced tax return, proceed as follows:1. Click Toggle . The system proposes all appropriate tax returns.2. Change this proposal list if necessary. Remove the tax returns from the list or add the appropriate tax returns.3. Release the tax payment with Submit or Accept if there is a tax payment difference. This sets the task

status to Completed and it is removed from your worklist.

4. An approval task is sent to the manager. Once the manager approves the tax payment, a task to clear thepayment is automatically sent to the Payment Management work center.


3.10 Travel and Expenses

3.10.1 Task - Review Expense Arrangement

OverviewTasks of this type are sent to the payables accountant for review. When the HR department changes an employee’swork agreement, the payables accountant must review and update the expense arrangement with travel andexpense-related data.By default, a task of this type has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the expense arrangement.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the accounts payable accountant’s if the system determines the accountant as theperson responsible for processing this expense arrangement.The relevant users receive this task in the Travel and Expenses work center.



1. In the Details section, review the task details.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the expense arrangement to be reviewed. There you can review and

update the expense arrangement.

If You Choose Not to Respond:Depending on the configuration settings, two deadlines for this task are set to a specified number of days after thecreation of the task. The first deadline is the latest start date. If you do not start processing the task by this time itwill escalate. The second deadline is the latest end date. If you do not complete the task by this time, an alert will besent to remind you to finalize this task.


● Latest Start Date ● Latest End Date


3.10.2 Task - Review Expense Report

OverviewWhen an employee or the creator of the expense report on behalf of an employee submits an expense report, a taskof this type is automatically sent to the responsible payables accountant to process the reimbursement.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the expense report.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the accounts payable accountant’s worklist, if the system determines the accountspayable accountant to be the person responsible for processing this expense settlement recalculation run.The relevant users receive this task in the Travel and Expenses work center.




1. In the Details section, review the task details.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the expense report.



● Latest Start Date ● Latest End Date


3.10.3 Task - Review Expense Settlement Recalculation Run

OverviewWhen an expense settlement recalculation run is finished, a task of this type is sent to the accounts payableaccountant. This task prompts the user to check the result of a system run and to execute follow-up actions, whichcan be either to process individual recalculations or if there were errors in the run, to reschedule the system run.By default, a task of this type has medium priority. This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the expense settlement recalculation run.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the accounts payable accountant’s worklist if the system determines the accountspayable accountant to be the person responsible for processing this expense settlement recalculation run.The relevant users receive this task in the Travel and Expenses work center.



1. Select the task in the worklist and in the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the expense settlement recalculation run to be reviewed. There you

can:a. View the complete list of expense settlement recalculations.b. Process expense settlement recalculations individually.c. Navigate to the application log and view the run details.

3. When there are errors in the run, you can reschedule the run.4. Complete the task

If You Choose Not to Respond:The default deadline for this task is set to a specified number of days after the creation of the task, depending on theconfiguration settings. If you do not start processing this task after the specified time, according to configurationsettings, the priority of the task will escalate.




3.10.4 Task - Revise Expense Report

OverviewA task of this type is sent to the payables accountant when an expense report was not approved by the responsiblecost center manager but instead, the expenses report is sent back for revision. The manager may have included areason for the revision.By default, this type of task has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the expense report.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the accounts payable accountant’s worklist, if the system determines the accountspayable accountant to be the person responsible for processing this expense report.The relevant users receive this task in the Travel and Expenses work center.




● In the Details section, review the task details. ● Click Edit or click the task title to open the expense report. There you can:

a. View the explanation note from the manger (if filled)b. Make the necessary corrections or changes in the expense reportc. Release the expense report for approval


ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Expense and Reimbursement Management fine-tuning activity, you canconfigure the following:

● Default Priority ● Latest Start Date


3.11 General

3.11.1 Alert - Activate Expense Arrangement

OverviewAlerts of this type are sent to the line manager for the accounts payable accountant when an expense arrangementwas created for an employee but has not been activated within the deadline. The accounts payable accountant mustactivate the expense arrangement.By default, an alert of this type has very high priority. This alert type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.The reference business document is the expense arrangement.

RelevanceAn alert of this type is sent to the line manager for the accounts payable accountant.The relevant user receives this task in the Home work center.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the alert.2. Click Edit or click the alert title to open the expense arrangement that must be activated. Here you can:

● Process the expense arrangement for this employee. ● Contact the accountant who must process this expense arrangement.

If You Choose Not to Respond:Alerts of this type will not expire automatically. You must process and complete them manually.This alert is monitored by your system administrator. If you do not respond to this alert, the system administratormust take action.



3.11.2 Alert - Approve Expense Report

OverviewWhen the approval of an expense report has not been processed in time an alert is sent to the line manager of theapprover. In general, the approver is the manager responsible for the reimbursing cost center.By default, this type of task has very high priority. This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated. This tasktype will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the expense report.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the line manager’s approval worklist. By default, this is the line manager of approver whois responsible for the reimbursing cost center.The relevant users receive this task in the Managing My Area work center.


● In the Details section, review the details of the alert.



● Click Edit or click the alert title to open the expense report. Here you can review the expense report andapprove it.

If You Choose Not to Respond:Alerts of this type will not expire automatically. You must process and complete them manually.This alert is monitored by your system administrator. If you do not respond to this alert, the system administratormust take action.



3.11.3 Alert - Review Expense Settlement Recalculation Run

OverviewAn alert of this type is sent to the line manager for the accounts payable accountant when an expense settlementrecalculation run is finished but has not been process within the deadline.By default, an alert of this type has very high priority. This alert type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.The reference business document is the expense settlement recalculation run.

RelevanceAn alert of this type is sent to the worklist of the line manager for the accounts payable accountant.The relevant user receives this alert in the Home work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the alert.2. Click Edit or click the alert title to open the expense settlement recalculation run to be reviewed. There you

can:a. View the complete list of expense settlement recalculationsb. Process expense settlement recalculations individuallyc. Navigate to the application log and view the run details

3. When there are errors in the run, you can reschedule the run.

Alternatively, you can contact the accountant who must process this expense settlement recalculation run.If You Choose Not to Respond:


Alerts of this type will not expire automatically. You have to processed and complete them manually.This alert is monitored by your system administrator. If you do not respond to this alert, the system administratormust take action.



3.11.4 Notification – Expense Report Approved

OverviewWhen an expense report is approved by the responsible manager, a notification of type Expense Report Approvedis sent to the payables accountant. This is to inform the accountant of the outcome of the approval.By default, a notification of this type has medium priority.A notification of this type is for information purposes only. A response is optional. There is no default deadline forthis notification type.The reference business document is the expense report.

RelevanceA notification of this type is sent the person determined by the system to be the employee, who requested the expensereimbursement.The relevant user receives notifications of this type in the Home work center.

ResponseThis notification is for information purposes only and you do not have to respond.To view more details, proceed as follows:

● In the Details section, review the details of the notification. ● Click Edit or click the notification title to open the referenced expense report. Here you can verify if the

expense reimbursement is correct.

This notification will expire automatically after a specified number of days based on your configuration settings.




● Expiration Date ● Activation

This notification is the only way to inform the employee that the payment has been approved. Deactivation isonly recommended when the Home work center is not in use.


3.11.5 Notification - Expense Reports Exists for Employee -Employment Terminated

OverviewNotifications of this type are sent to the accountant when employment had been terminated by HR while therespective employee’s expense report is still in audit. This situation could arise if an employee claimed prepaidexpenses for an activity that was schedule to take place at a future date.A notification of this type is for information. The response is optional.By default, a notification of this type has medium priority.The reference business document is the expense report.

RelevanceA notification of this type is sent to the accounts payable accountant’s worklist of the person determined by thesystem to be the responsible approver for this expense report.The relevant users receive this task in the Home work center.

ResponseThe expense reports that have not been paid can be deleted. To delete the expense report, select the task in theworklist and click Edit or click the notification title to open the expense report. There you can take the necessaryaction.If You Choose Not to Respond:Notifications of this type will expire automatically after a specified time, according to configuration settings.



● Expiration Date ● Activation


3.11.6 Task - Approve Clearing of Under-/Overpayment to Supplier

OverviewWhen a clearing item with discount/credit is submitted for clearing of payables by the payables accountant, anapproval task of this type is sent to the responsible approver. The discount/credit must be approved before thisclearing item can be cleared. Tasks of this type are decision tasks, which can be approved, sent back for revision, orrejected.By default, this type of task has a high priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements. Thistask type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process the task.The reference business document is the clearing.

RelevanceA task of this task type is displayed in the worklist of the approver and can be edited by the approver if the followingprerequisites are met:



task belongs.




task belongs.




The relevant users receive this task in the Managing My Area work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the clearing. There you can:

a. Approve the discount/credit for clearing in order to finalize the clearing process.b. Send the discount/credit back for revision. A task for revision is sent to the payable accountant who is

responsible for processing this clearing.c. Reject the discount/credit for clearing. The clearing is voided and no notification is sent.

To view more details: ● Display summary information in the Management Approval screen. ● Display detailed information for this payable discount/credit, referenced in the Management Approval

screen.



● Discount/credit amount limit for the creation of an approval task. For example, an approval task is createdwhen a request for discount/credit is 100.- USD or higher.



3.11.7 Task - Approve Under-/Overpayment to Supplier

OverviewWhen a payment item with discount/credit is submitted by the payables accountant, an approval task of this typeis sent to the responsible approver. The discount/credit must be approved before the payment item can be cleared.

The amounts displayed will not total zero in a partial payment scenario.


Tasks of this type are decision tasks, which can be approved or sent back for revision.By default, this type of task has a high priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements. Thistask type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process the task.The reference business document is the payment.




task belongs.




task belongs.

The user rights and access rights as well as the assignment of the approval tasks to the respective work categoriesare specified in the Application and User Management work center.The relevant users receive this task in the Managing My Area work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the payment. There you can:

a. Approve the discount/credit in order to release the payment for clearing.b. Send the discount/credit back for revision. A task for revision is sent to the accountant who is responsible

for processing this discount/credit.

To view more details: ● Display summary information in the Management Approval screen. ● Display detailed information for this discount/credit, referenced in the Management Approval screen.





● Discount/credit amount limit for the creation of an approval task. For example, an approval task is createdwhen a request for discount/credit is 100.- USD or higher.



3.11.8 Task - Approve Under-/Overpayment by Customer

OverviewWhen a payment with discounts/credits is submitted for clearing by the receivables accountant, an approval taskof this type is sent to the responsible approver. The discount/credit must be approved before the payment can becleared. Tasks of this type are decision tasks, which can be approved or sent back for revision.

The amounts displayed will not total zero in a partial payment scenario.

By default, this type of task has a high priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements. Thistask type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process the task.The reference business document is the payment.




task belongs.



employees.


● For these views, the employees must be granted read and write authorization for the company to which thetask belongs.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the payment. There you can:

a. Approve the discount/credit in order to release the payment for clearing.b. Send the discount/credit back for revision. A task for revision is sent to the accountant who is responsible

for processing this discount/credit.

To view more details: ● Display summary information in the Management Approval screen. ● Display detailed information for this discount/credit, referenced in the Management Approval screen.



● Discount/credit amount limit for the creation of an approval task. For example, an approval task is createdwhen a request for discount/credit is 100.- USD or higher

● Latest End Date


3.11.9 Task - Approve Expense Report

OverviewWhen the payables accountant submits an expense report, a task is sent to the responsible cost center manager or,by delegation, to the team assistant. Tasks of this type are decision tasks which can be approved, rejected, or sentback to the payables accountant for revision.By default, this type of task has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.



This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the expense report.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the manager’s approval worklist. By default, this is the manager who is responsible forthe reimbursing cost center of the employee who requested the expense reimbursement. However, the approvercan be reconfigured to suit business requirements.The relevant users receive this task in the Managing My Area work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the alert title to open the expense report. Here you can:

a. Approve this expense report in order to release it for expense reimbursement. A notification is sent tothe employee who requested the expense reimbursement to inform about the approval.

b. Send the expense report back for revision. A revision task is sent to the accountant who is responsiblefor processing the expense report. You can enter a comment for the receiver of the revision task.

c. Reject the expense report. A notification is sent to the employee who requested the expensereimbursement to inform about the rejection. You can enter a comment for the receiver of thenotification.

To view more details: ● Display summary information in the Management Approval screen ● Display detailed information for this expense report, referenced in the Management Approval screen

If You Choose Not to Respond:Depending on the configuration settings, two deadlines for this task are set to a specified number of days after thecreation of the task. The first deadline is the latest start date. If you do not start processing the task by this time itwill escalate. The second deadline is the latest end date. If you do not complete the task by this time, an alert will besent to remind you to finalize this task.

ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Expense and Reimbursement Management fine-tuning activity, you canconfigure the following:

● Reimbursement amount limit. For example, an approval task is created when a request for reimbursementis higher than 100.- USD.

● Priority ● Latest Start Date ● Latest End Date



3.11.10 Task - Approve Manual Payment

OverviewWhen a manual payment, such as an urgent wire-transfer, is created by the cash manager and is ready to be paid,a task of this type is automatically sent to the responsible approver. Only after the task is approved, can the cashmanager complete the payment and forward it to the bank. Tasks of this type are decision tasks, which can beapproved, rejected, or sent back for revision.By default, this type of task has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.A task of this type will not expire automatically; you must process and close the task before it expires.The reference business document is the payment order.

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the manager’s approval worklist. By default, this is the manager of the functional unitresponsible for this business document. In addition, all employees assigned to managerial work in this functionalunit will also receive the tasks. However, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.The relevant users receive this task in the Approvals view in the Managing My Area work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the payment. Here you can:

a. Approve this manual payment in order to release it for payment. The following notification is sent to theaccountant who created the manual payment: Manual Payment Approved.

b. Reject the manual payment. The following notification is sent to the accountant who created the manualpayment: Manual Payment Rejected.

To view more details: ● Display summary information in the Management Approval screen ● Display detailed information for this manual payment, referenced in the Management Approval screen




You can approve or reject multiple tasks at the same time. To do this, go to the Approval view to select therequired tasks and choose Approve or Reject . Note, however, if one of the tasks contains invalid data, thennone of the tasks from the multiple selection are approved or rejected. In such a case, you need to repeat thistransaction individually, even for the tasks that were correct.

ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management for Payments fine-tuning activity, it is possible to configure the following:

● Payment amount limit for incoming and outgoing payments for the creation of an approval task. For example,an approval task is created when a request for payment is 100.- USD or higher. If needed, you can also enterusers for which the approval process is initiated.

● Priorities ● Due dates for the changing of priorities of an approval task. For example, after a specified number of days the

priority of the task is changed.


3.11.11 Task - Approve Supplier Payment

OverviewWhen a payment proposal for a payment has been created (by the payment run or manually) and the payment hasbeen executed, a task of this type is automatically sent to the responsible approver. Only after approval the paymentis ready for payment execution and can be forwarded to the bank. Tasks of this type are decision tasks, which canbe approved or sent back for revision.By default, this type of task has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process the task.The reference business document is the payment.




task belongs.





task belongs.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the payment proposal. There your can:

a. Approve this supplier payment in order to release it for payment.b. Send the supplier payment back for revision. A task for revision is sent to the accountant who is

responsible for processing this supplier payment.

To view more details: ● Display summary information in the Management Approval screen. ● Display detailed information for this deduction, referenced in the Management Approval screen.


ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management Payment and Liquidity Management fine-tuning activity, it is possible toconfigure the following:

● Payment amount limit for the creation of an approval task. For example, an approval task is created when arequest for payment is 100.- USD or higher.





3.11.12 Task - Approve Customer Payment

OverviewWhen a payment proposal for a payment has been created (by the payment run or manually) and the payment hasbeen executed, a task of this type is automatically sent to the responsible approver. Only after the payment isapproved, is the payment ready for payment execution and can be forwarded to the bank. Tasks of this type aredecision tasks, which can be approved or sent back for revision.By default, this type of task has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to suit business requirements.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.This task type will not expire automatically; you must process the task.The reference business document is the payment.




task belongs.




task belongs.



1. In the Details section, review the details of the task.2. Click Edit or click the task title to open the payment proposal. There your can:

a. Approve the customer payment in order to release it for payment.b. Send the customer payment back for revision. A task for revision is sent to the accountant who is

responsible for processing this customer payment.

To view more details:


● Display summary information in the Management Approval screen. ● Display detailed information for this deduction, referenced in the Management Approval screen.



● Payment amount limit for the creation of an approval task. For example, an approval task is created when arequest for payment is 100.- USD or higher



3.11.13 Alert - Review Expense Report

OverviewAn alert of this type is sent to the line manager for the accounts payable accountant when an expense report is readyfor review but has not been process within the deadline.By default, an alert of this type has very high priority.This alert type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated.The reference business document is the expense report.

RelevanceAn alert of this type is sent to the worklist of the line manager for the accounts payable accountant.The relevant user receives this task in the Home work center.


1. In the Details section, review the details of the alert.2. Click Edit or click the alert title to open the expense report to be reviewed. There you can:

a. View the expense report items.



b. Release the expense report for approval.

Alternatively, you can contact the accountant who must process this expense settlement recalculation run.

If You Choose Not to Respond:Alerts of this type will not expire automatically. You have to processed and complete them manually.This alert is monitored by your system administrator. If you do not respond to this alert, the system administratormust take action.



3.11.14 Bank Statement Missing

OverviewA notification of this type is sent to the cash manager when after uploading a bank statement the previous bankstatement is missing. If your bank uses gap free numbering of the banks statements, you should investigate on themissing bank statement.By default, a notification of this type has medium priority. This notification type is optional and per defaultdeactivated. If your bank does not use gap free numbering of the bank statements, this task should not be activated.A notification of this type is for information purposes only. A response is optional. There is no default deadline forthis notification type.The reference business document is the bank statement.

RelevanceA notification of this type is sent to the cash manager’s worklist if the system determines the cash manager to bethe person responsible for processing this bank statement.The relevant users receive this task in the Home work center.

ResponseIf you would like to respond, select the notification in the worklist and proceed as follows:

1. In the Details section, review the details of the notification.2. Click Edit or click the notification title to open the relevant document. Identify the missing bank statement ID

and verify if the missing bank statement was forgotten to be uploaded.3. Reprocess the upload of the missing bank statement.


If You Choose Not to Respond:Notifications of this type will expire automatically after a specified time, according to configuration settings.


● Task Activation ● Expiration Date


3.11.15 Manual Payment Approved

OverviewA notification of this type is sent to the accounts payables accountant when a manual payment is approved by theresponsible manager. This notification is to inform the accountant of the approval.By default, a notification of this type has medium priority. This notification type is optional and can be deactivated.A notification of this type is for information purposes only. A response is optional. There is no default deadline forthis notification type.The reference business document is the payment order.

RelevanceA notification of this type is sent to the accounts payables accountant’s worklist if the system determines theaccounts payables accountant to be the person responsible for processing this manual payment.The relevant users receive this task in the Home work center


1. In the details section, review the details of the notification.2. Click Edit or click the notification title to open the manual payment that has been approved. Here you can

view all relevant details of the manual payment.

If You Choose Not to Respond:Notifications of this type will expire automatically after a specified time, according to configuration settings






3.11.16 Manual Payment Rejected

OverviewA notification of this type is sent to the accounts payables accountant when a manual payment is rejected by theresponsible manager. This notification is to inform the accountant of the rejection.By default, a notification of this type has medium priority. This notification type is optional and can be deactivated.A notification of this type is for information purposes only. A response is optional. There is no default deadline forthis notification type.The reference business document is the payment order.

RelevanceA notification of this type is sent to the accounts payables accountant’s worklist if the system determines theaccounts payables accountant to be the person responsible for processing this manual payment.The relevant users receive this task in the Home work center.


1. In the details section, review the details of the notification.2. Click Edit or click the notification title to open the manual payment that has been rejected. Here you can view

all relevant details of the manual payment. The manager may have included a reason for the rejection.

If You Choose Not to Respond:Notifications of this type will expire automatically after a specified time, according to configuration settings.



● Task Activation ● • Expiration Date


3.11.17 Notification – Expense Report Rejected

OverviewWhen an expense report is rejected by the responsible manager, a notification of this type is sent to the employee,who requested the expense reimbursement.By default, a notification of this type has medium priority.A notification of this type is for information purposes only. A response is optional. There is no default deadline forthis notification type.The reference business document is the expense report.

RelevanceA notification of this type is sent the person determined by the system to be the employee, who requested the expensereimbursement.The relevant user receives notifications of this type in the Home work center.

ResponseThis notification is for information purposes only and you do not have to respond.To view more details, proceed as follows:

1. In the Details section, review the details of the notification.2. Click Edit or click the notification title to open the referenced expense report. The manager may have

included a reason for the rejection.

This notification will expire automatically after a specified number of days based on your configuration settings.

ConfigurationUsing the Business Task Management Expense and Reimburse Management fine-tuning activity, you can configurethe following:




This notification is the only way to inform the employee that the payment has been approved. Deactivation isonly recommended when the Home work center is not in use.


3.11.18 Solve Error in Clearing Request Processing

OverviewA task of this type is sent because an error occurred while processing a message sent by a source document of aspecific type.The task title and description indicate the source document type and the sender name.You need to solve and close this task or contact someone who can solve it. Otherwise no accounting documents willbe posted, and the GL accounts will remain incomplete.This task type supports the period-end closing process.This task type is mandatory and cannot be deactivated

RelevanceA task of this type is sent to the HOME worklist of the responsible person(s) for Due Management.










3.11.19 Solve Error in Foreign Receivable Payable Processing













3.11.20 Solve Error in Payment Confirmation Processing













3.11.21 Solve Error in Receivables Payables Processing











4 Human Resources Task Types

4.1 Personnel Administration

4.1.1 Task - Complete Payroll Data - Austria (Hire)

OverviewThe Complete Payroll Data - Austria (Hire) task informs you as administrator that you must complete the payrolldata for a new employee and, in so doing, add this employee to the payroll. Adding payroll information involvesentering the basic payroll, social and private insurance, tax, and previous employment information of an employee,which is required by Personnel Administration.The task is triggered when the Hire Employee quick activity is completed. The task is completed when the userperforms the Complete Payroll Data – Austria (Hire) guided activity linked to the task. The task is also completedwhen you enter the payroll data immediately after the hire using the navigation link Complete Payroll Data underYou can Also.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to you as the responsible payroll administrator. You receive this task inthe Personnel Administration Work view.

ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Payroll Data - Austria (Hire) guided activity, adding the payrollinformation for this employee.By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue: Complete Payroll - Austria(Hire) is sent to your inbox in the Home Work view.

ConfigurationThis escalation task has high priority. The escalation deadline and behavior can be configured. You can, for instance,fully disable the escalation task.

See AlsoComplete Payroll Data


Human Resources Task Types

4.1.2 Task - Complete Payroll Data - Austria (Rehire)

OverviewThe Complete Payroll – Austria (Rehire) task informs you as HR administrator to complete the payroll data for aformer employee who has rejoined your company and, in so doing, add this employee to the payroll.The task is triggered when the Rehire Employee guided activity is completed. The task is completed when the userperforms the Complete Payroll Data – Austria (Rehire) guided activity linked to the task. The task is also completedwhen the user enters the payroll data immediately after the rehire using the navigation link Complete Payroll Dataunder You can Also.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to you as the responsible administrator. You receive this task in thePayroll Processing Work view.

ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Payroll – Austria (Rehire) guided activity, adding the payrollinformation for this employee.Adding payroll information involves reentering the basic payroll, social and private insurance, tax, and previousemployment information of an employee required in Personnel Administration.By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue: Complete Payroll – Austria(Rehire) is sent to your inbox in the Home Work view. This escalation task has high priority. It is, however, possibleto configure this task so that there is no action or the task is cancelled.

ConfigurationThe escalation deadline and behavior can be configured. You can, for instance, fully disable the escalation task. Bydefault, this type of task has medium priority and if the task is not completed it can be escalated. However, the priorityand due date can be configured to suit business requirements.

4.1.3 Task - Complete Payroll Data - China (Hire)

OverviewThe Complete Payroll Data - China (Hire) task informs you as payroll administrator that you must complete the payrolldata for a new employee and, in so doing, add this employee to the payroll. Adding payroll information involvesentering the basic payroll, social insurance, and tax information of an employee, which is required by personneladministration.The task is triggered as part of the hiring process and is completed when you perform the Complete Payroll Data -China (Hire) guided activity linked to the task.

SAP Business ByDesign February 2017Human Resources Task Types P U B L I C • © 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved. 217

You can also maintain this payroll data immediately after the initial hire using the navigation link CompletePayroll Data under You Can Also.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to you as the authorized payroll administrator. You view this task in theWork view of the Personnel Administration work center.

ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Payroll Data - China (Hire) guided activity, adding the payrollinformation for this employee. By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue:Complete Payroll Data - China (Hire) is sent to your worklist in the Personnel Administration > Work view. Thisescalation task has high priority. It is, however, possible to configure this result so that there is no action or the taskis cancelled.

ConfigurationThe escalation deadline and behavior can be configured. You can, for example, fully disable the escalation task. Bydefault, this type of task has medium priority and if the task is not completed it can be escalated. However, the priorityand due date can be configured to suit business requirements.

See AlsoComplete Payroll DataBusiness Task Management Configuration

4.1.4 Task - Complete Payroll - China (Rehire)

OverviewThe Complete Payroll - China (Rehire) task informs you, as the payroll administrator, that the payroll data for a formeremployee who has rejoined your organization must be entered in the system. In so doing, this employee is addedinto payroll.The task is triggered when the Rehire Employee guided activity is completed. The task is completed when you performthe Complete Payroll - China (Rehire) guided activity that is linked to the task.

You can also maintain this payroll data immediately after the rehire using the navigation link Complete PayrollData under You Can Also.




ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Payroll – China (Rehire) guided activity, adding the payroll informationfor this employee. Adding payroll information involves reentering the basic payroll, social insurance, and taxinformation of an employee.By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task “Overdue: Complete Payroll - China(Rehire)” is sent to your worklist in the Personnel Administration work center. This escalation task has high priority.It is, however, possible to configure this result so that there is no action or that the task is cancelled.



4.1.5 Task - Complete Payroll Data - France (Hire)

OverviewThe Complete Payroll Data - France (Hire) task informs you as payroll administrator that you must complete thepayroll data for a new employee and, in so doing, add this employee to the payroll. Adding payroll information involvesentering the basic payroll, social insurance, and tax information of an employee, which is required by personneladministration.The task is triggered as part of the hiring process and is completed when you perform the Complete Payroll Data -France (Hire) guided activity linked to the task.



RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the person responsible for payroll in your company. The relevant userthen receives this task in the My Work view of the Personnel Administration work center.

ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Payroll Data - France (Hire) guided activity, adding the payrollinformation for this employee. By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue:Complete Payroll Data - France (Hire) is sent to your worklist in the Work view of the Personnel Administration workcenter. This escalation task has high priority. It is, however, possible to configure this result so that there is no actionor the task is cancelled.



4.1.6 Task - Complete Payroll Data - France (Rehire)

OverviewThe Complete Payroll - France (Rehire) task informs you, as the payroll administrator, that the payroll data for aformer employee who has rejoined your organization must be entered in the system. In so doing, this employee isadded into payroll.The task is triggered when the Rehire Employee guided activity is completed. The task is completed when you performthe Complete Payroll - France (Rehire) guided activity that is linked to the task.





ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Payroll – France (Rehire) guided activity, adding the payrollinformation for this employee. Adding payroll information involves reentering the basic payroll, social insurance, andtax information of an employee.By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task “Overdue: Complete Payroll - France(Rehire)” is sent to your worklist in the Personnel Administration work center. This escalation task has high priority.It is, however, possible to configure this result so that there is no action or that the task is cancelled.



4.1.7 Task - Complete Payroll Data - Germany (Hire)

OverviewThe Complete Payroll Data - Germany (Hire) task informs you as administrator that you must complete the payrolldata for a new employee and, in so doing, add this employee to the payroll. Adding payroll information involvesentering the basic payroll, social and private insurance, tax, and previous employment information of an employee,which is required by Personnel Administration.The task is triggered when the Hire Employee quick activity is completed. The task is completed when the userperforms the Complete Payroll Data – Germany (Hire) guided activity linked to the task. The task is also completedwhen you enter the payroll data immediately after the hire using the navigation link Complete Payroll Data underYou can Also.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to you as the responsible payroll administrator. You receive this task inthe Personnel Administration Work view.

ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Payroll Data - Germany (Hire) guided activity, adding the payrollinformation for this employee.


By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue: Complete Payroll - Germany(Hire) is sent to your inbox in the Home Work view.



4.1.8 Task - Complete Payroll Data - Germany (Rehire)

OverviewThe Complete Payroll – Germany (Rehire) task informs you as HR administrator to complete the payroll data for aformer employee who has rejoined your company and, in so doing, add this employee to the payroll.The task is triggered when the Rehire Employee guided activity is completed. The task is completed when the userperforms the Complete Payroll Data – Germany (Rehire) guided activity linked to the task. The task is also completedwhen the user enters the payroll data immediately after the rehire using the navigation link Complete Payroll Dataunder You can Also.


ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Payroll – Germany (Rehire) guided activity, adding the payrollinformation for this employee.Adding payroll information involves reentering the basic payroll, social and private insurance, tax, and previousemployment information of an employee required in Personnel Administration.By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue: Complete Payroll – Germany(Rehire) is sent to your inbox in the Home Work view. This escalation task has high priority. It is, however, possibleto configure this task so that there is no action or the task is cancelled.




4.1.9 Task - Complete Payroll Data - India (Hire)

OverviewThe Complete Payroll Data - India (Hire) task informs you as payroll administrator that you must complete the payrolldata for a new employee and, in so doing, add this employee to the payroll. Adding payroll information involvesentering the basic payroll, social insurance, and tax information of an employee, which is required by personneladministration.The task is triggered as part of the hiring process and is completed when you perform the Complete Payroll Data -India (Hire) guided activity linked to the task.



ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Payroll Data - India (Hire) guided activity, adding the payrollinformation for this employee. By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue:Complete Payroll Data - India (Hire) is sent to your worklist in the Personnel Administration > Work view. Thisescalation task has high priority. It is, however, possible to configure this result so that there is no action or the taskis cancelled.




4.1.10 Task - Complete Payroll Data - India (Rehire)

OverviewThe Complete Payroll - India (Rehire) task informs you, as the payroll administrator, that the payroll data for a formeremployee who has rejoined your organization must be entered in the system. In so doing, this employee is addedinto payroll.The task is triggered when the Rehire Employee guided activity is completed. The task is completed when you performthe Complete Payroll Data – India (Hire) guided activity that is linked to the task.



ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Payroll – India (Rehire) guided activity, adding the payroll informationfor this employee. Adding payroll information involves reentering the basic payroll, social insurance, tax, and previousemployment information of an employee, which is required by personnel administration.By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue: Complete Payroll – India(Rehire) is sent to the relevant user’s worklist in the Personnel Administration work center. This escalation task hashigh priority. It is, however, possible to configure this result so that there is no action or that the task is cancelled.





4.1.11 Task - Complete Payroll Data - Switzerland (Hire)

OverviewThe Complete Payroll Data - Switzerland (Hire) task informs you as administrator that you must complete the payrolldata for a new employee and, in so doing, add this employee to the payroll. Adding payroll information involvesentering the basic payroll, social and private insurance, tax, and previous employment information of an employee,which is required by Personnel Administration.The task is triggered when the Hire Employee quick activity is completed. The task is completed when the userperforms the Complete Payroll Data – Switzerland (Hire) guided activity linked to the task. The task is also completedwhen you enter the payroll data immediately after the hire using the navigation link Complete Payroll Data underYou can Also.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to you as the responsible payroll administrator. You receive this task inthe Personnel Administration Work view.By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue: Complete Payroll - Switzerland(Hire) is sent to your inbox in the Home Work view.

ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Payroll Data - Switzerland (Hire) guided activity, adding the payrollinformation for this employee.



4.1.12 Task - Complete Payroll Data - Switzerland (Rehire)

OverviewThe Complete Payroll – Switzerland (Rehire) task informs you as HR administrator to complete the payroll data fora former employee who has rejoined your company and, in so doing, add this employee to the payroll.The task is triggered when the Rehire Employee guided activity is completed. The task is completed when the userperforms the Complete Payroll Data – Switzerland (Rehire) guided activity linked to the task. The task is also


completed when the user enters the payroll data immediately after the rehire using the navigation link CompletePayroll Data under You can Also.


ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Payroll – Switzerland (Rehire) guided activity, adding the payrollinformation for this employee.Adding payroll information involves reentering the basic payroll, social and private insurance, tax, and previousemployment information of an employee required in Personnel Administration.By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue: Complete Payroll – Switzerland(Rehire) is sent to your inbox in the Home Work view. This escalation task has high priority. It is, however, possibleto configure this task so that there is no action or the task is cancelled.


4.1.13 Task - Complete Payroll Data - UK (Hire)

OverviewThe Complete Payroll Data - UK (Hire) task informs you as payroll administrator that you must complete the payrolldata for a new employee and, in so doing, add this employee to the payroll. Adding payroll information involvesentering the basic payroll, social insurance, and tax information of an employee, which is required by personneladministration.The task is triggered as part of the hiring process and is completed when you perform the Complete Payroll Data -UK (Hire) guided activity linked to the task.





ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Payroll Data - UK (Hire) guided activity, adding the payroll informationfor this employee. By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue: CompletePayroll Data - UK (Hire) is sent to your worklist in the Personnel Administration > Work view. This escalation task hashigh priority. It is, however, possible to configure this result so that there is no action or the task is cancelled.



4.1.14 Task - Complete Payroll Data - UK (Rehire)

OverviewThe Complete Payroll – UK (Rehire) task informs you, as the payroll administrator, that you must complete thepayroll data for a former employee who has rejoined your company and, in so doing, add this employee to the payroll.The task is triggered when the Rehire Employee guided activity is completed. The task is completed when you performthe Complete Payroll Data – UK (Hire) guided activity that is linked to the task.



ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Payroll – UK (Rehire) guided activity, adding the payroll informationfor this employee. Adding payroll information involves reentering the basic payroll, social insurance, tax, and previousemployment information of an employee, which is required by personnel administration.


By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue: Complete Payroll – UK(Rehire) is sent to the relevant user’s worklist in the Personnel Administration work center. This escalation task hashigh priority. It is, however, possible to configure this result so that there is no action or that the task is cancelled.



4.1.15 Task - Complete Payroll Data – US (Hire)

OverviewThe Complete Payroll Data – US (Hire) task informs you as the HR administrator that you must complete the payrolldata for a new employee and, in so doing, add this employee to the payroll. Adding payroll information involvesentering an employee's basic payroll, federal, work state, residence state, and local tax information. The task istriggered when the Hire Employee quick activity is completed. The task is completed when you perform the CompletePayroll Data – US (Hire) guided activity linked to the task. The task is also completed when you enter this payrolldata immediately after the hire using the navigation link Complete Payroll Data under You can Also.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to you as the person responsible for payroll administration in yourcompany. You receive this task in the Personnel Administration Work view.

ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Payroll Data guided activity, adding payroll information of anemployee.By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue: Complete Payroll - US(Hire) is sent to your inbox within the Home Work view.



ConfigurationThe escalation deadline and behavior can be configured. You can, for instance, fully disable the escalation task. Bydefault, this type of task has a high priority and if the task is not completed it can be escalated. However, the priorityand due date can be configured to suit business requirements.


4.1.16 Task - Complete Payroll Data - US (Rehire)

OverviewThe Complete Payroll - US (Rehire) task informs you as HR administrator that you must complete the payroll datafor a former employee who has rejoined your organization and, in so doing, add this employee again to the payroll.The task is triggered when the Rehire Employee guided activity is completed. The task is completed when you performthe Complete Payroll Data – US (Rehire) guided activity linked to the task. The task is also completed when you enterthe payroll data immediately after the hire using the navigation link Complete Payroll Data under You can Also.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to you as the person responsible for payroll administration in yourcompany. You receive this task in the Personnel Administration Work view.

ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Payroll – US (Rehire) guided activity, adding the payroll informationfor this employee.Adding payroll information involves reentering the basic payroll, federal, work state, residence state, and local taxinformation of an employee.By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue: Complete Payroll - US(Rehire) is sent to your inbox in the Home Work view. This escalation task has high priority.



4.1.17 Task - Overdue: Complete Payroll Data (Hire)

OverviewOverdue: Complete Payroll Data (Hire) is an escalation task informing you that payroll data for a hired employee wasnot entered on time. The original task Complete Payroll Data (Hire) which appeared in the Payroll Processing Workview still needs to be processed.

RelevanceThe system automatically triggers this escalation task after a (configured) deadline has passed. The task is sent toyou as the HR administrator who originally performed the hire in the Personnel Administration work center. Thisescalation task appears in your inbox in the Home Work view.

ResponseAs the administrator responsible for the hire of the employee concerned, you must ensure that the payroll data iscompleted. The escalation task Overdue: Complete Payroll Data (Hire) will be completed and removed from the worklist automatically once the original task is completed. Alternatively, you can manually set the escalation task tocompleted or canceled. If you choose not to respond, both tasks remain in the following locations:

● Original task: Your worklist in the Payroll Processing Work view ● Escalation task: Your worklist in the Home Work view

ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has high priority. The priority can be configured to suit business requirements. Theescalation deadline can be configured with the Complete Payroll Data (Hire) task. Here, you can also define thedeadline behavior allowing you, for instance, to disable the escalation task.

See AlsoTask - Complete Payroll Data - US (Hire) [page 228]Task - Complete Payroll Data - Germany (Hire) [page 221]

4.1.18 Task - Overdue: Complete Payroll Data (Rehire)

OverviewOverdue: Complete Payroll Data (Rehire) is an escalation task informing you that payroll data for a rehired employeewas not entered on time. The original task Complete Payroll Data (Rehire), which appeared in the Payroll ProcessingWork view, still needs to be processed.



RelevanceThe system automatically triggers this escalation task after a (configured) deadline has passed. The task is sent youas the HR administrator who performed the rehire in Personnel Administration. You receive this escalation task inyour inbox in the Home Work view.

ResponseAs responsible for the rehire of the employee concerned you should ensure that the payroll data is completed.Depending on your task distribution you can either complete the escalated task Complete Payroll Data (Rehire) inPayroll Processing or you contact the HR payroll responsible for this task.The escalation task Overdue: Complete Payroll Data (Rehire) will be completed and removed from the work listautomatically once the original task is completed. Alternatively, you can manually set the escalation task tocompleted or cancelled. If you choose not to respond, both tasks remain in the following locations:

● Original task: Your worklist in the Payroll Processing Work view ● Escalation task: Your worklist in the Home Work view

ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has high priority. The priority can be configured to suit business requirements. Theescalation deadline can be configured with the Complete Payroll Data (Rehire) task. Here, you can also define thedeadline behavior allowing you, for instance, to disable the escalation task.

See AlsoTask - Complete Payroll Data — Germany (Rehire) [page 222]Task - Complete Payroll Data — US (Rehire) [page 229]

4.1.19 Task - Solve Error in Personnel Administration Data

OverviewConsistency checks are made in the ByDesign system during creation of the payroll snapshot. When PersonnelAdministration data collected in a payroll snapshot results in a consistency error, the Solve Error in PersonnelAdministration Data task is created. A separate instance of this task is generated for each Personnel Administration-related error detected in the snapshot. You must address each single error separately in each of the generated tasks.From each of these tasks, you as the payroll administrator access the source Personnel Administration data andcorrect it.

RelevanceThis task is generated during collection of Personnel Administration data in the payroll snapshot and indicates theaffected employee, payroll group and payroll period. The task is listed in the Payroll Processing Work view and is


addressed to you as the authorized payroll administrator. The majority of errors in this situation are due to incompletedata.

For more information on the types of errors generated during the payroll process in the ByDesign system,see: Resolving Employee Data Errors in File-Based Payroll Processing.

ResponseThe task requires you to correct the errors in the incoming Personnel Administration data and then recreate thesnapshot:

1. Open the task in the Payroll Processing Work view to access information on the nature of the error.The task contains a description text including a system message which states the exact nature of the error.

2. Click Open Personnel Administration File , navigate to the relevant part of the file, and correct the error specifiedby the system message in the task description.

3. Repeat this action for all other errors related to creation of the current snapshot.4. When you have addressed all generated tasks and corrected all errors, recreate the snapshot. By default, all

employee data records that contained errors are included in the new snapshot. However, you can manuallyinclude or exclude any record as needed.

If no errors are detected when you recreate the snapshot, the Solve Error in Personnel Administration Data task isthen canceled by the system.

You can also view a summary of snapshot errors in the Payroll Processing Payroll Run view. For moreinformation see Payroll Process Data Subview.

ConfigurationThe attributes of this task such as priority or due date are fully predefined and cannot be configured.

See AlsoWorking with SnapshotsBusiness Task ManagementQuick Guide for Work (in Payroll Processing)

4.2 Time Administration

4.2.1 Notification - Cancellation of Employee Time Approved

OverviewWhen the cancellation of an employee's leave request is approved by the line manager, the notification Cancellationof Employee Time Approved is created to inform the employee about the approval.



RelevanceThis notification is created to indicate the approval of the cancellation of a Leave Request by the line managerThe employee receives the notification in the Work view of the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this notification, execute the following action:

● Acknowledge the task to remove it from your work list

It is possible to manually cancel this notification.

ConfigurationBy default, this type of notification has medium priority and expires after a period of two weeks. No escalation isprovided.

See AlsoNotification - Leave Request Cancelled [page 266]

4.2.2 Notification - Cancellation of Employee Time Rejected

OverviewWhen the cancellation of the leave request of an employee is rejected by the line manager, the task Cancellation ofEmployee Time Rejected is created to inform the employee about the rejection.

RelevanceThe task is created to indicate that the requested cancellation of a leave request has been rejected by the linemanager.The employee receives the task in the Work view of the Home work center.




It is possible to manually cancel the task.

ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has high priority. The task expires after a period of time and no escalation is provided.

See AlsoNotification — Leave Request Cancelled [page 266]

4.2.3 Notification - Cancellation of Time Rejected

OverviewIf a project manager or line manager rejects the deletion of recorded time performed by an employee in the timesheet, the notification Cancellation of Time Rejected is created to inform the employee about the rejection.

RelevanceThis task is created if the approval status of the cancellation of time confirmation is „rejected“ and indicates anirregularity in the time sheet entries of an employee.The employee receives the task in the Work view of the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this notification, execute the following actions:

● Log on to your time sheet to check for details ● Adapt your entries if necessary

The task expires after a period of 4 weeks. It is also possible to complete or cancel the task manually.

ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has high priority. No escalation is provided.



See AlsoNotification - Change of Time Rejected [page 235]

4.2.4 Notification - Change of Time Rejected

OverviewWhen a project manager or a line manager rejects the change of a time confirmation an employee has entered in thetime sheet, the task Change of Time Rejected is sent to the employee to inform him about this rejection.

RelevanceThis task is created if the approval status of the change of time confirmation is „rejected“ and indicates an irregularitythat the employee has to correct.The employee receives the task in the Work view of the Home work center.


● Log on to your time sheet to check for details ● Adapt your entries if necessary

The task expires after a period of 4 weeks. It is also be possible to complete or cancel the task manually.

ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has high priority. No escalation is provided.

See AlsoNotification —Cancellation of Time Rejected [page 234]

4.2.5 Notification - Employee Time Rejected

OverviewWhen the recorded time of an employee is rejected by a line manager, the notification Employee Time Rejected issent to the employee.


RelevanceThis notification is created if the approval status of the recorded time is Rejected.The employee accesses the notification from his or her Inbox, within the Home Work view.


● View your time sheet and check/adapt your entries as required.

This task is not changed, completed or cancelled automatically.

ConfigurationBy default, this notification has low priority. No escalation is provided and the task does not expire.

4.2.6 Notification - Review Employee Time

OverviewThe Review Employee Time task informs the time administrator that he or she has to review the time data enteredby an employee. The task is triggered for each recorded time type for information purposes only. No approval forthe entered time is required in this scenario. By clicking on the task title, the administrator can view the details ofthe record.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the person responsible for Time Administration in your company. Therelevant user then receives this task in the Time Administration Work view.

ResponseThe task requires no further action on the part of the time administrator and can simply acknowledge the task.

ConfigurationThis task is only triggered if the fine-tuning setting in Business Configuration for the time type concerned is set toInformation.




4.2.7 Notification - Request Entered by Employee

OverviewIf an employee has requested leave and no approver for this leave is maintained in the system, the notificationRequest Entered by Employee is sent to the time administrator to deal with the leave request.

RelevanceThis situation occurs if no responsible line manager can be found in the organization structure (either the employeeis the highest executive in organization or the organizational structure was not properly set up).The time administrator receives this task in the Time Administration Work view.


● Check why no approver is maintained in the system. ● If there is a flaw in the organizational structure, this must be corrected first. ● If the requester of the leave is the top executive of the organization, no problem has occurred. Complete or

cancel to remove the item from your worklist.

This notification is not changed, completed or cancelled automatically .

ConfigurationBy default, this notification has high priority. No escalation is provided and the notification does not expire.

4.2.8 Task - Complete Time Data (Hire)

OverviewThe Complete Time Data (Hire) task informs you as time administrator that you have to complete the time data foran employee who was hired. Completing time data involves stating whether employees record all times or onlyexception times and assigning a work schedule and time accounts to the employee.


The task is triggered when the Hire Employee quick activity is completed. The task is completed when you performthe Complete Time Data (Hire) guided activity that is linked to the task. The task is also completed when you enterthe time data immediately after the hire using the navigation link Complete Time Data under You Can Also.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the person responsible for Time Administration in your company. Youthen receive this task in the Work view of the Time Administration work center.

ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Time Data (Hire) guided activity, adding the time information for thisemployee.By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue: Complete Time Data (Hire)is sent to the HR administrator who executed the Hire Employee quick activity in the Personnel Administration workcenter. The HR administrator receives the escalation task in the Home Work view. This escalation task has highpriority.


See AlsoComplete Time Data — Hire

4.2.9 Task - Complete Time Data (Rehire)

OverviewThe Complete Time Data (Rehire) task informs the user that he or she has to complete the time data for a formeremployee who was rehired. The task is triggered when the regular task Rehire Employee is completed or when theemployee was migrated manually. The task is automatically completed when the user enters the time dataimmediately after the rehire using the navigation link Complete Time Data under You Can Also.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the person responsible for time administration in your company. Therelevant user then receives this task in the Work view of the Time Administration work center.



ResponseThe task requires you perform the Complete Time Data (Rehire) guided activity to add the time data for this employee.If you choose not to respond, the task is escalated by default, and the escalation Overdue: Complete Time Data(Rehire) task is sent to the Human Resources administrator who completed the regular task Rehire Employee inthe Personnel Administration work center. This escalation task has high priority. The Complete Time Data (Rehire)task will remain in the Work view of the Time Administration work center.

ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has medium priority and if the task is not completed it can be escalated. However, thepriority and due date can be configured to suit business requirements.

4.2.10 Task - Overdue: Complete Time Data (Hire)

OverviewThe Overdue: Complete Time Data (Hire) is an escalation task informing a user that time data for a hired employeewas not entered within the set time period. The original task Complete Time Data (Hire) , which appeared in the worklist of the Time Administration work center, still needs to be processed.

RelevanceThe system automatically triggers this escalation task after a (configured) deadline has passed. The task is sent tothe HR administrator who performed the hire in the Personnel Administration work center. This HR administratortriggered the hire and is considered to be responsible for the overall process. The HR administrator receives theescalation task in the Work view of the Home work center.

ResponseAs the person responsible for the hire of the employee concerned, you should ensure that the time data is completed.Depending on your task distribution you can either complete the escalated task Complete Time Data (Hire) in theTime Administration work center or you contact the HR time administrator responsible for this task.The escalation task Overdue: Complete Time Data (Hire) will be completed and removed from the work listautomatically once the original task is completed. Alternatively, the user can manually set the escalation task tocompleted or cancelled. If you choose not to respond, both tasks remain in the following locations:

● Original task : Time Administrator’s worklist in Time Administration work center ● Escalation task : Your worklist in the Home work center


ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has high priority. The priority can be configured to suit business requirements. Theescalation deadline can be configured with the Complete Time Data (Hire) task. Here, you can also define the deadlinebehavior which allows you for instance to disable the escalation task.

See AlsoComplete Time Data (Hire)

4.2.11 Task - Overdue: Complete Time Data (Rehire)

OverviewThe Overdue: Complete Time Data (Rehire) is an escalation task informing a user that the time data for a rehiredemployee was not entered during the required period. The original task Complete Time Data (Rehire), which appearedin the work list of the Time Administration work center, still needs to be processed.

RelevanceThe system automatically triggers this escalation task after a (configured) deadline has passed. The task is sent tothe HR administrator who performed the rehire in the Personnel Administration work center. This HR administratortriggered the rehire and is deemed “responsible” for the overall process. The HR administrator receives theescalation task in the Work view of the Home work center.

ResponseAs responsible for the rehire of the employee concerned you should ensure that the time data is completed.Depending on your task distribution you can either complete the escalated task Complete Time Data (Rehire) in theTime Administration work center or you contact the HR time administrator responsible for this task.The escalation task Overdue: Complete Time Data (Rehire) will be completed and removed from the work listautomatically once the original task is completed. Alternatively, a user can manually set the escalation task tocompleted or cancelled. If you choose not to respond, both tasks remain in the following locations:

● Original task : Time Administrator’s worklist in Time Administration work center ● Escalation task : Your worklist in the Home work center

ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has high priority. The priority can be configured to suit business requirements. Theescalation deadline can be configured with the Complete Time Data (Rehire) task. Here, you can also define thedeadline behavior which allows you for instance to disable the escalation task.



See AlsoTask - Complete Time Data (Rehire) [page 238]Business Task Management Configuration

4.2.12 Task - Overdue: Review Time Data (Termination)

OverviewThe Overdue: Review Time Data (Termination) is an escalation task informing a user that time data for a terminatedemployee was not reviewed on time. The original task Review Time Data (Termination), which appeared in the worklist of the Time Administration work center, still needs to be processed.

RelevanceThe system automatically triggers this escalation task after a (configured) deadline has passed. The task is sent tothe HR administrator who performed the termination in the Personnel Administration work center. This HRadministrator triggered the termination and is deemed “responsible” for the overall process. The HR administratorreceives the escalation task in the Work view of the Home work center.

ResponseAs responsible for the termination of the employee concerned you should ensure that the time data is completed.Depending on your task distribution you can either complete the escalated task Review Time Data (Termination) inthe Time Administration work center or you contact the HR time administrator responsible for this task.The escalation task Overdue: Review Time Data (Termination) will be completed and removed from the work listautomatically once the original task is completed. Alternatively, the user can manually set the escalation task tocompleted or cancelled. If you choose not to respond, both tasks remain in the following locations:

● Original task : Time Administrator’s worklist in the Time Administration work center ● Escalation task : Your worklist in the Home work center

ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has high priority. The priority can be configured to suit business requirements. Theescalation deadline can be configured with the Review Time File (Termination) task. Here, you can also define thedeadline behavior allowing you, for instance, to disable the escalation task.

See AlsoTask - Review Time File (Termination) [page 244]


4.2.13 Task - Overdue: Review Time Data (Transfer)

OverviewThe Overdue: Review Time Data (Transfer) is an escalation task informing a user that time data for a transferredemployee was not reviewed on time. The original task Review Time Data (Transfer), which appeared in the work listof the Time Administration work center, still needs to be processed.

RelevanceThe system automatically triggers this escalation task after a (configured) deadline has passed. The task is sent tothe HR administrator who performed the transfer in the Personnel Administration work center. This HR administratortriggered the transfer and is deemed “responsible” for the overall process. The HR administrator receives theescalation task in the Work view of the Home work center.

ResponseAs responsible for the transfer of the employee concerned you should ensure that the time data is completed.Depending on your task distribution you can either complete the escalated task Review Time File (Transfer) in theTime Administration work center or you contact the HR time administrator responsible for this task.The escalation task Overdue: Review Time File (Transfer) will be completed and removed from the work listautomatically once the original task is completed. Alternatively, the user can manually set the escalation task tocompleted or cancelled. If you choose not to respond, both tasks remain in the following locations:

● Original task : Time Administrator’s worklist in the Time Administration work center ● Escalation task : Your worklist in the Home work center

ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has high priority. The priority can be configured to suit business requirements. Theescalation deadline can be configured with the Review Time File (Transfer) task. Here, you can also define the deadlinebehavior allowing you, for instance, to disable the escalation task.

See AlsoTask - Review Time Data (Transfer) [page 245]



4.2.14 Task - Resolve Error after Uploading of Recorded Times

OverviewThe task Resolve Error after Uploading of Recorded Times notifies the user that an error occurred while uploadingemployee times that have been recorded in a Microsoft Excel® file. One task is generated per upload and per employeeID for which an error occurred.When recorded times are uploaded by means of the Microsoft Excel plug-in, the data is first uploaded from MicrosoftExcel to SAP Business ByDesign and then automatically activated. The activation step posts the time to theemployees’ time files. The Solve Error task is triggered if time records have been uploaded that cannot be activatedin the system, for example, because of a collision of two conflicting time types recorded for the same period for whichno collision rule has been defined. For example, an employee’s time file contains a sick day for 10/3 and the uploadcontains a vacation day for 10. Without a collision rule, the system does not know how to handle the posting of thetime to the same day

RelevanceThis task is relevant for employees who are assigned to the organizational unit assigned the Time Administrationoperational property. Work distribution properties for the organizational unit, as well as responsibility assignmentfor the employee, may also impact who is assigned this task.The relevant users receive this task in the Work view of the Time Administration work center.


1. Go to the Work view in the Time Administration work center.2. In the list of tasks, click on the task for the employee. This takes you to the employee’s time sheet.3. On the Review and Correct tab, locate the day for which the error occurred4. Highlight the day in question and change the details.5. Save the change, and the record is automatically activated.

If the error is the result of a missing collision rule, refer to the help document About Time Type Collision Rules.Complete the necessary steps to define the missing collision rule, so that manual intervention is not required in thefuture.

ConfigurationBy default, this task has high priority and escalates after the due date. This task’s priority and escalation rules cannotbe changed. To modify who receives the task, properly configure the operational properties and work distributionfor the organizational structure. Also modify the responsibility settings within the appropriate user’s accounts.


4.2.15 Task - Review Time Data

OverviewThe Review Time Data task informs a time administrator that he or she has to review the time data for an employeewhose employment details changed, such as a change in hire or termination date. The review is necessary, forinstance, to change work schedule assignment or consolidate recorded employee times and time accounts.The task is triggered when employment details changes are made in the personnel file of the employee in thePersonnel Administration Employees view. By clicking on the task title the administrator can open the time file ofthe employee whose employment was changed.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the person responsible for Time Administration in your company. Therelevant administrator then receives this task in the Time Administration Work view.

ResponseThe task requires you as time administrator to review the data in the time file of the employee whose employmentdetails changed. If no changes are needed you can set the status of the task to cancelled or completed.

ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has high priority. The priority and due date can be configured to suit businessrequirements.

4.2.16 Task - Review Time Data (Termination)

OverviewThe Review Time Data (Termination) task informs the user that he or she has to review the time data for an employeewhose relationship was terminated. The review is necessary, for instance, to consolidate recorded employee timesand time accounts.The task is triggered when the Terminate Relationship with Employee quick activity is completed in the PersonnelAdministration work center. By clicking on the task title the user can open the time file of the employee whoserelationship was terminated. The task should be manually completed by the user by setting the status of the task tocompleted or cancelled.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the person responsible for Time Administration in your company. Therelevant user then receives this task in the Work view of the Time Administration work center.



ResponseThe task requires you to review the data in the time file of the employee whose relationship was terminated.By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task “Overdue: Review Time Data(Termination)” is sent to the HR administrator that executed the Terminate Relationship with Employee quick activityin the Personnel Administration work center. The HR administrator receives the escalation task in his work list ofthe Home work center. This escalation task has high priority.


4.2.17 Task - Review Time Data (Transfer)

OverviewThe Review Time Data (Transfer) task informs the user that he or she has to review the time data for an employeewho was transferred. The review is necessary when the transfer requires modification of the time data such as workschedule and time accounts.The task is triggered when the Transfer quick activity is completed in the Personnel Administration work center. Byclicking on the task title the user can open the time file of the transferred employee. The task should be manuallycompleted by the user by setting the status of the task to completed or cancelled.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the person responsible for Time Administration in your company. Therelevant user then receives this task in the Work view of the Time Administration work center.

ResponseThe task requires you to review the data in the time file of the transferred employee.By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue: Review Time Data(Transfer) is sent to the HR administrator that executed the Transfer quick activity in the Personnel Administrationwork center. The HR administrator receives the escalation task in his worklist of the Home work center. Thisescalation task has high priority.



4.2.18 Task - Solve Error in Time and Labor Data

OverviewConsistency checks are made in the ByDesign system during creation of the payroll snapshot. When TimeAdministration data collected in a payroll snapshot results in a consistency error, the Solve Error in Time and LaborData task is created. A separate instance of this task is generated for each Time Administration-related errordetected in the snapshot. You must address each single error separately in each of the generated tasks. From eachof these tasks, you as the payroll administrator access the source Time Administration data and correct it.

RelevanceThis task is generated during collection of Time Administration data in the payroll snapshot and indicates the affectedemployee, payroll group and payroll period. The task is listed in the Payroll Processing Work view and is addressedto you as the authorized payroll administrator. The majority of errors in this situation are due to incomplete data.

For more information on the types of errors generated during the payroll process in the ByDesign system,see: Resolving Employee Data Errors in File-Based Payroll Processing .

ResponseThe task requires you to correct the errors in the incoming Time Administration data and then recreate the snapshot:


2. Click Open Time File , navigate to the relevant part of the file, and correct the error specified by the systemmessage in the task description.



If no errors are detected when you recreate the snapshot, the Solve Error in Time and Labor Data task is then canceledby the system.




ConfigurationThe attributes of this task, such as priority or due date, are fully predefined and cannot be configured.


4.3 Compensation

4.3.1 Task - Complete Compensation Data (Hire)

OverviewThe Complete Compensation Data (Hire) task informs you as HR administrator that compensation data for a newemployee must be entered in the ByDesign system. Completing compensation data involves defining thecompensation structure and grade the employee belongs to and adding compensation components.The task is triggered when the Hire Employee quick activity is completed in Personnel Administration. It is completedwhen you perform the Complete Compensation Data (Hire) guided activity that is linked to the task. The task is alsocompleted when you enter the compensation data immediately after the hire using the navigation link CompleteCompensation Data under You Can Also.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the person responsible for compensation in your company. You receivethis task in the Compensation Work view.

ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Compensation Data (Hire) guided activity. Complete thecompensation information for this employee. By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalationtask Overdue: Complete Compensation Data (Hire) is sent to your inbox in the Home Work view. This escalation taskhas high priority.

ConfigurationThe escalation deadline and behavior can be configured. You can, for instance, fully disable the escalation task. Bydefault, this type of task has medium priority. If the task is not completed, it can be escalated. However, the priorityand due date can be configured to suit business requirements.


See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementWork Quick Guide (in Compensation)Business Task Management Configuration

4.3.2 Task - Complete Compensation Data (Rehire)

OverviewThe Complete Compensation Data (Rehire) task informs you as HR administrator that you must complete thecompensation data for an employee who was rehired. Completing compensation data involves defining whatcompensation structure and grade the employee belongs to and adding compensation components.The task is triggered when the Rehire Employee quick activity is completed or when the employee was migratedmanually. It is completed when you perform the Complete Compensation Data (Rehire) guided activity that is linkedto the task. The task is also completed when you enter the compensation data immediately after the rehire usingthe navigation link Complete Compensation Data under You Can Also.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to you as the person responsible for compensation in your company.You receive this task in the Compensation Work view.

ResponseThe task requires you to perform the Complete Compensation Data (Rehire) guided activity and complete thecompensation information for this rehired employee.By default, this task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue: Complete CompensationData (Rehire) is sent to your inbox in the Home Work view. This escalation task has high priority.


See AlsoTask - Complete Compensation Data (Hire)Business Task ManagementBusiness Task Management ConfigurationQuick Guide for Work (in Compensation)



4.3.3 Task - Overdue: Complete Compensation Data (Hire)

OverviewThe Overdue: Complete Compensation Data (Hire) is an escalation task informing you as HR administrator thatcompensation data for a hired employee was not entered on time. The original task Complete Compensation Data(Hire) which appeared in Compensation work list still needs to be processed.

RelevanceThe system automatically triggers this escalation task after a (configured) deadline has passed. The task is sent toyou as the HR administrator who originally performed the hire in Personnel Administration . You receive thisescalation task in the Home Work view .

ResponseAs responsible for the hire of the employee concerned you should ensure that the compensation data is entered inthe ByDesign system by completing the escalated task Complete Compensation Data (Hire) in the CompensationWork viewThe escalation task Overdue: Complete Compensation Data (Hire) will be completed and removed from the work listautomatically once the original task is completed. Alternatively, you can manually set the escalation task tocompleted or cancelled. If you choose not to respond, both tasks remain in the following locations:

● Original task: Your worklist in the Compensation Work view ● Escalation task: Your worklist in the Home Work view

ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has high priority. The priority can be configured to suit business requirements. Theescalation deadline can be configured with the Complete Compensation Data (Hire) task. Here, you can also definethe deadline behavior which allows you for instance to disable the escalation task.

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementBusiness Task Management ConfigurationQuick Guide for Work (in Compensation)


4.3.4 Task - Overdue: Complete Compensation Data (Rehire)

OverviewOverdue: Complete Compensation Data (Rehire) is an escalation task informing you that compensation data for arehired employee was not entered on time. The original task Complete Compensation Data (Rehire) which appearedin your work list in the Compensation work center still needs to be processed.

RelevanceThe system automatically triggers this escalation task after a (configured) deadline has passed. The task is sent toyou as the HR administrator who performed the rehire in the Personnel Administration work center. You receive theescalation task in the Work view of the Home work center.

ResponseAs responsible for the rehire of the employee concerned, you must ensure that the compensation data is maintainedby completing the escalated task Complete Compensation Data (Rehire) in the Compensation work center.The escalation task Overdue: Complete Compensation Data (Rehire) will be completed and removed from the worklist automatically once the original task is completed. Alternatively, you can manually set the escalation task tocompleted or cancelled. If you choose not to respond, both tasks remain in the following locations:

● Original task: Your worklist in the Compensation work center ● Escalation task: Your worklist in the Home work center

ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has high priority. The priority can be configured to suit business requirements. Theescalation deadline can be configured with the Complete Compensation Data (Rehire) task. Here, you can also definethe deadline behavior allowing you, for instance, to disable the escalation task.

See AlsoComplete Compensation Data (Rehire) [page 248]Business Task ManagementBusiness Task Management ConfigurationQuick Guide for Work (in Compensation)



4.3.5 Task - Overdue: Review Compensation Data (Transfer)

OverviewOverdue: Review Compensation Data (Transfer) is an escalation task informing you as HR administrator thatcompensation data for a transferred employee was not reviewed on time. The original task Review CompensationData (Transfer) which appeared in the Work view of the Compensation work center still needs to be processed.

RelevanceThe system automatically triggers this escalation task after a (configured) deadline has passed. The task is sent tothe HR administrator who performed the hire in the Personnel Administration work center. You receive this escalationtask in the Work view of the Home work center.

ResponseYou must ensure that the compensation data is completed by addressing the escalated task Review CompensationData (Transfer) in the Compensation work center.The escalation task Overdue: Review Compensation Data (Transfer) will be completed and removed from the worklist automatically once the original task is completed. Alternatively, you can manually set the escalation task tocompleted or cancelled. If you choose not to respond, both tasks remain in the following locations:


ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has high priority. The priority can be configured to suit business requirements. Theescalation deadline can be configured with the Review Compensation Data (Transfer) task. Here, you can also definethe deadline behavior allowing you, for instance, to disable the escalation task.

See AlsoTask - Review Compensation Data (Transfer) [page 253]Business Task ManagementBusiness Task Management ConfigurationQuick Guide for Work (in Compensation)


4.3.6 Task - Overdue: Review Compensation Data (Termination)

OverviewThe Overdue: Review Compensation Data (Termination) is an escalation task informing you as HR administrator thatthe Compensation data for a terminated employee was not reviewed on time. The original task Review CompensationData (Termination) which appeared in the Work view of the Compensation work center still needs to be processed.

RelevanceThe system automatically triggers this escalation task after a (configured) deadline has passed. The task is sent tothe HR administrator who performed the termination in the Personnel Administration work center. As the responsibleHR administrator, you receive the escalation task in your Work view, within the Home work center.

ResponseYou must ensure that the compensation data is completed by addressing the escalated task Review CompensationData (Termination) in the Compensation work center.The escalation task Overdue: Review Compensation Data (Termination) will be completed and removed from thework list automatically once the original task is completed. Alternatively, you can manually set the escalation taskto completed or cancelled. If you choose not to respond, both tasks remain in the following locations:


ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has high priority. The priority can be configured to suit business requirements. Theescalation deadline can be configured with the Review Compensation Data (Termination) task. Here, you can alsodefine the deadline behavior allowing you, for instance, to disable the escalation task.

See AlsoTask - Review Compensation Data (Termination) [page 254]Business Task ManagementBusiness Task Management ConfigurationQuick Guide for Work (in Compensation)



4.3.7 Task - Review Compensation Data

OverviewThe Review Compensation Data (<Event>) task informs you as a HR Administrator that you must review thecompensation data for an employee whose employment details have been changed, such as a change of hire ortermination date. The review is necessary, for instance, to correct the initial compensation package or to review afinal payout where an employee's relationship is terminated.The task is triggered when employment details are changed in an employee's personnel file in the PersonnelAdministration work center. By clicking on the task title, you can open the compensation file of the employee whoseemployment conditions have changed. You must complete the task manually by setting its status to completed orcancelled after you have reviewed the change..

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the person responsible for compensation in your company. Therelevant user then receives this task in the Work view of the Compensation work center.

ResponseThe task requires you to review the data in the compensation file of the employee whose employment details havebeen changed. If no changes are needed, you can set the status of the task to cancelled or completed.

ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has high priority. The priority and due date can be configured to suit businessrequirements.


4.3.8 Task - Review Compensation Data (Transfer)

OverviewThe Review Compensation Data (Transfer) task informs you as HR administrator that you must review thecompensation data for an employee who was transferred. The review is necessary if the transfer requiresmodification of the compensation data, such as a change of assigned compensation components.


The task is triggered when the Transfer Employee quick activity is completed in Personnel Administration . By clickingon the task title you can open the compensation file of the transferred employee. You must manually complete thistask by setting the status of the task to completed or cancelled.


ResponseThe task requires you to review the data in the compensation file of the transferred employee.By default, this task is escalated if it is not completed. The escalation task Overdue: Review Compensation Data(Transfer) is sent to your inbox in the Home Work view. This escalation task has high priority.



4.3.9 Task - Review Compensation Data (Termination)

OverviewThe Review Compensation Data (Termination) task informs you as HR administrator that you must review thecompensation data for an employee whose work relationship with the company was terminated. The review isnecessary, for instance, to compose a final compensation package.The task is triggered when the Terminate Relationship with Employee quick activity is completed in PersonnelAdministration . By clicking on the task title you can open the compensation file of the employee whose relationshipwas terminated. You manually complete this task by setting the status of the task to completed or cancelled.




ResponseThe task requires you to review the data in the compensation file of the employee whose relationship was terminated.By default, the task is escalated if it is not completed, and the escalation task Overdue: Review Compensation Data(Termination) is sent to your inbox in the Home Work view. This escalation task has high priority.



4.3.10 Task - Review Pay Type Mapping

OverviewThe Review Pay Type Mapping task informs you that the provider pay type mapping of a specific compensationcomponent has been changed and requires review. The pay type mapping ensures that the compensation data sentto the payroll provider is handled correctly in payroll.This task is triggered by one of the following situations:

● A provider pay type has been deleted in Business Configuration (fine tuning). Since this provider pay typewas mapped to the relevant compensation component, the inconsistent pay type mapping has been removedautomatically.

● Changes have been made to the payroll provider-specific pre-configuration of compensation componentsand provider pay types. The pay type mapping of the relevant compensation component has been updatedaccordingly. This might overwrite any customer-specific mappings in place.

By default, this type of task has high priority. However, this setting can be re-configured to suit your businessrequirements. It has a due date after which it will be escalated and will automatically expire.

RelevanceEach task of this type refers to a particular org unit. The system automatically assigns the task to you as an employeeof the org unit concerned.You receive this task in the Compensation Work view.



1. Open the task and check the pay type mapping. In the pay type mapping table, search for the relevantcompensation component and check its mapping. If the compensation component has become obsolete, itshould be deactivated.

2. If the updated mapping is correct, close the task. If the updated mapping is not correct, adjust it and save thechanges before closing the task.

If you do not respond to the task, it expires automatically three months after being created and disappears from theCompensation Work view.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this task type in Business Configuration, in the Business TaskManagement for Payroll Processing fine-tuning activity.

See AlsoTask - Review Time Type Mapping [page 257]Business Task ManagementBusiness Task Management ConfigurationQuick Guide for Work (in Compensation)

4.3.11 Task - Review Time Account Type Mapping

OverviewThe Review Time Account Type Mapping task informs you that the time account type mapping of a specificcompensation component has been changed and that it needs to be reviewed. The time account type mappingensures that employees are accurately remunerated for paid-out times derived from a time account.The task is triggered by one of the following situations:

● A time account type has been deleted or its validity has been delimited in fine tuning. Since this time accounttype was mapped to the relevant compensation component, the inconsistent time account type mapping hasbeen removed or adjusted automatically..

● A provider pay type has been deleted in fine tuning. Since this provider pay type was mapped to the relevantcompensation component, the inconsistent time account type mapping has been removed automatically toensure consistency.

● Changes have been made to the payroll provider-specific pre-configuration of compensation componentsand time account types. Additional time account type mappings for the relevant compensation componenthave been added to your system.

By default, this type of task has medium priority. However, these settings can be re-configured to suit your businessrequirements. It has a due date after which it will be escalated and automatically expires.



RelevanceEach task of this type refers to a particular organizational unit. The system automatically assigns the task to theemployees of the organizational unit concerned.The relevant users receive this task in the Work view of the Compensation work center.


1. Open the task and check the time account type mapping: In the time account type mapping table, search forthe relevant compensation component and check its mapping. If the compensation component has becomeobsolete, it should be deactivated.


If you do not respond to the task, it expires automatically three months after creation and disappears from theCompensation Work view.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this task type in Business Configuration using the Business TaskManagement for Payroll Processing fine-tuning activity.

See AlsoTask - Review Pay Type Mapping [page 255]Task - Review Time Type Mapping [page 257]Business Task ManagementBusiness Task Management ConfigurationQuick Guide for Work (in Compensation)

4.3.12 Task - Review Time Type Mapping

OverviewThe Review Time Type Mapping task informs the user that the time type mapping of a specific compensationcomponent has been changed and requires review. The time type mapping ensures that employees are accuratelyremunerated for all recorded times in payroll.The task is triggered by one of the following situations:

● A time type has been deleted or its validity has been delimited in Business Configuration (fine tuning). Sincethis time type was mapped to the relevant compensation component, the inconsistent time type mappinghas been removed or adjusted automatically.


● A provider pay type has been deleted in fine tuning. Since this provider pay type was mapped to the relevantcompensation component, the inconsistent time type mapping has been removed automatically.

● Changes have been made to the payroll provider-specific pre-configuration of compensation componentsand time types. Additional time type mappings for the relevant compensation component have been addedto your system.

By default, this type of task has medium priority. However, this setting can be re-configured to suit your businessrequirements. It has a due date after which it will be escalated and automatically expires.

RelevanceEach task of this type refers to a particular organizational unit. The system automatically assigns the task to theemployees of the organizational unit in question.The relevant users receive this task in the Work view of the Compensation work center.


1. Open the task and check the time type mapping: In the time type mapping table, search for the relevantcompensation component and check its mapping. If the compensation component has become obsolete, itshould be deactivated.


If you do not respond to the task, it expires automatically three months after being created and disappears from theCompensation Work view.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this task type in Business Configuration using the Business TaskManagement for Payroll Processing fine-tuning activity.

See AlsoTask - Review Pay Type Mapping [page 255]Task - Review Time Account Type Mapping [page 256]Business Task ManagementBusiness Task Management ConfigurationWork Quick Guide (in Compensation)



4.3.13 Task - Solve Error in Compensation Data

OverviewConsistency checks are made in the ByDesign system during creation of the payroll snapshot. When Compensationdata collected in a payroll snapshot results in a consistency error, the Solve Error in Compensation Data task iscreated. A separate instance of this task is generated for each compensation-related error detected in the snapshot.You must address each single error separately in each of the generated tasks. From each of these tasks, you as thepayroll administrator access the source Compensation data and correct it.

RelevanceThis task is generated during collection of Compensation data in the payroll snapshot and indicates the affectedemployee, payroll group and payroll period. The task is listed in the Payroll Processing Work view and is addressedto you as the authorized payroll administrator. The majority of errors in this situation are due to incomplete data.

For more information on the types of errors generated during the payroll process in the ByDesign system,see: Resolving Employee Data Errors in File-Based Payroll Processing .

ResponseThe task requires you to correct the errors in the incoming Compensation data and then recreate the snapshot:


2. Click Open Compensation File , navigate to the relevant part of the file, and correct the error specified by thesystem message in the task description.



If no errors are detected when you recreate the snapshot, the Solve Error in Compensation Data task is then canceledby the system.





4.4 Payroll Processing

4.4.1 Notification - Snapshot Created Without Errors

OverviewAs part of the preparation for the payroll run at the payroll provider, a payroll snapshot is created which includesemployees’ indicative data, compensation, and time records. During the creation of the snapshot, the data is checkedfor consistency. Once this check is completed, the Snapshot Created Without Errors notification is created for therelevant payroll period and payroll group, informing the payroll administrator that the snapshot is ready for review.

RelevanceThis task is sent in the course of payroll processing with a payroll provider. The task is listed in the Payroll ProcessingWork view and is addressed to you as the authorized payroll administrator.The priority of the task defaults to high and will not escalate based on an expiry date.

ResponseThe task status may either be manually set to complete or cancelled within your work list. To complete the taskperform the following steps:

1. Open the task.2. Open the referenced snapshot.3. Review the information on each tab to validate that the expected data is included.4. Once validation is complete, click Create Data File to initiate the next stage of the payroll process.

Only one option will be available, based on whether message-based or file-based transmission of payroll datato the provider was selected while scoping payroll.





4.4.2 Task - Download Data Files to Desktop

OverviewAs payroll administrator, after you have reviewed the payroll snapshot and successfully created the payroll data filein the ByDesign system, the Download Data Files to Desktop task is generated for the relevant payroll period andpayroll group. The task informs you that the payroll data file is now ready for download to your local system.

RelevanceThis task is generated in the course of file-based payroll processing. It is listed in the Payroll Processing Work viewand is addressed to you as the authorized payroll administrator.

ResponseThe task may be completed, cancelled or deleted from your work list. To complete the task, perform the followingsteps:

1. Open the task.2. Highlight the data file and click View to save the files to your local system.3. According to the agreements in place with your payroll provider, transfer the files to the provider’s system

as part of the ongoing current payroll process for this payroll group.

ConfigurationThe attributes of this task, such as priority or due date, are fully predefined and cannot be configured. The priorityof the task defaults to high and will not escalate based on an expiry date.

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementQuick Guide for Work (in Payroll Processing)


4.4.3 Task - Download Synchronization Files to Desktop

OverviewThis task is generated to inform you as payroll administrator that data synchronization between the ByDesign andpayroll provider systems has been successful and that you can now download the payroll data file to your localsystem. Data synchronization maybe required at two specific points in the payroll process:

1. After data replication between your ByDesign system and the payroll provider system2. After you have requested/authorized the payroll run in the payroll provider system.

At either of these stages, you as payroll administrator are made aware that there is a mismatch between the payrolldata in the ByDesign system and the replicated data in the provider system. Therefore, this data must besynchronized.The task Download Synchronization Files to Desktop is created to inform you that synchronization is successfullycompleted, all synchronized data are now collected by the system; and you can proceed to download the payrolldata file to your local system.

RelevanceThis task is generated during file-based payroll processing with a payroll provider and is listed in the PayrollProcessing Work view.

ResponseDownload the newly-synchronized data to your desktop to enable the payroll process to continue.


See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementQuick Guide for Work (in Payroll Processing)

4.4.4 Task - Snapshot Created with Errors

OverviewThe payroll data collected in a snapshot results in consistency errors when checked during the creation of the payrollsnapshot. Therefore, the Snapshot Created with Errors task is created and addressed to the payroll administrator.The snapshot containing the inconsistent data shows an overview of the errors. The overview allows the payroll



administrator to follow-up each error performing separate tasks which the system has created per error and peremployee. From each of these tasks the payroll administrator accesses the source data and corrects it.

RelevanceThis task is sent in the course of processing the payroll with a payroll provider. Creating a snapshot to collect therelevant payroll data, which is to be sent to the payroll provider, is the first step in the payroll run. The collected datais inspected for consistency, and where errors are detected this task is generated.The Snapshot Created with Errors task listed in the Payroll Processing Work view and is addressed to the authorizedpayroll administrator (see Configuration below).

ResponseThe task requires you to correct the errors and recreate the snapshot:

1. Open the task in the Payroll Processing Work view to access a list of all errors belonging to this task.2. Mark an error to view the description. Open the personnel, time, or compensation file of the employee and

correct the error.3. Recreate the snapshot. By default, all employee data records that contained errors are included in the new

snapshot. However, you can manually include or exclude any record as needed.

If no errors are detected when you recreate the snapshot, then all employee-related errors belonging to this task arecancelled.



4.4.5 Task - Solve Error in Creating Data Files

OverviewIf an error occurs in the creation of payroll data files, the task Solve Error in Creating Data Files is generated by thesystem to inform you as payroll administrator that technical problems do not allow the creation of the file. In thiscase, you must raise an incident to obtain help from SAP specialists.


RelevanceThe system automatically triggers this task to indicate a technical error that the system cannot resolve by itself. Thetask is sent to you as payroll administrator performing the payroll process in the ByDesign system. You receive thistask in the Payroll Processing Work view.

ResponseTo respond to this notification, report an incident from within the Help Center to obtain help from SAP specialists.

ConfigurationThis task is not configurable. By default, it has a very high priority. The task does not escalate nor automaticallyexpire and must be completed manually. It is possible to also cancel it manually.

See AlsoReport an Incident from any ScreenBusiness Task ManagementWork Quick Guide (in Payroll Processing)

4.4.6 Task - Solve Error in Creating Data Synchronization Files

OverviewIn file-based payroll processing within ByDesign, you as payroll administrator realize that there is a mismatch inpayroll data for a given payroll group, between your ByDesign system and the payroll provider's system. It may bethat you are notified of such a mismatch also by the provider. In this situation, you must perform data synchronizationof all data for this payroll group in the ByDesign system and transfer this synchronized data to the provider.The task Solve Error in Creating Data Synchronization Files is generated by the system to inform you as the authorizedpayroll administrator that the data synchronization has failed for technical reasons. .

RelevanceThe system automatically triggers this task to indicate a technical error in data synchronization that the systemcannot resolve by itself. You receive the task in the Payroll Processing Work view.


● Report an incident to obtain help from SAP specialists.



ConfigurationThis task is not configurable. By default, it has a very high priority, does not escalate nor automatically expire. Thetask must be completed manually. It is possible to also cancel it manually.

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementReport an Incident from any ScreenQuick Guide for Work (in Payroll Processing)

4.4.7 Task - Solve Snapshot Creation Errors

OverviewThe task is raised whenever the snapshot process is cancelled due to some error. The task informs you as theauthorized payroll administrator about the failure of snapshot creation process

RelevanceThis task is sent to you as payroll administrator in the course of processing the payroll with a payroll provider. TheSolve Snapshot Creation Errors task is listed in the Payroll Processing Work view.

ResponseYou must restart the snapshot generation process as a result of this error.




4.5 Employee Leave Request

4.5.1 Notification - Leave Request Approved

OverviewWhen an employee creates a leave request, he will receive a response in form of an approval or a rejection. If themanager approved the leave request, the notification Leave Request Approved is sent to the employee with thedescriptions of the leave request like the type of leave, the duration of the leave and the name of the manager whoperformed the approval, to inform him about this approval.

RelevanceThis task is created if the approval status is "approved".The employee receives the task in the Work view of the Home work center.


● Acknowledge the notification to remove it from your work list

This notification is not changed, completed or cancelled automatically.

ConfigurationBy default, this notification has low priority. No escalation is provided and the notification does not expire.

See AlsoTask — Approve Leave Request [page 269]

4.5.2 Notification - Leave Request Cancelled

OverviewWhen a leave request is cancelled by the employee, the notification Leave Request Cancelled is sent to the responsibleline manager with a description of the leave request including the type of leave, the duration of the leave and the



name of the employee who performed the cancellation, to inform him about this cancellation. According to thesystem configuration, the manager must not respond to this notification.

RelevanceThis notification is created if the employee leave request was in approval and was cancelled by the employee whoentered the request. The line manager receives this notification in the Managing My Area Approvals view regardlessof whether the original leave request has already been approved or not.



This task is never changed or cancelled automatically.

ConfigurationBy default, this notification has low priority. No escalation is provided and the notification does not expire.

4.5.3 Notification - Leave Request Rejected

OverviewWhen a leave request is rejected by the manager, the notification Leave Request Rejected is sent to the employee toinform him or her about this rejection.

RelevanceThis notification is created if the approval status is set by the employee's manager to Rejected.The employee receives the notification in the Work view of the Home work center.



This task is never changed, completed or cancelled automatically.


ConfigurationBy default, this type of notification has low priority. No escalation is provided and the notification does not expire.

See AlsoBusiness Task Management Configuration

4.5.4 Notification - Leave Requested

OverviewAfter an employee enters a leave request (and where leave requests do not need to be approved by a line manager),the notification Leave Requested is sent to a manager to inform him or her about the employee's leave request.

RelevanceThis notification informs a manager that an employee has entered a leave request. Since no approval is required inthis scenario, a manager does not need to take any action.A manager receives this notification in the Managing My Area Approvals view.



This notification is not changed, completed or cancelled automatically.

ConfigurationBy default, this notification has a low priority. No escalation is provided and the task does not expire



4.5.5 Task - Approve Cancellation of Leave Request

OverviewWhen a leave request is cancelled by the employee, the task Approve Cancellation of Leave Request is created andsent to his line manager. It contains a description of the leave request including the type of leave, the duration of theleave and the name of the employee who initiated the cancellation for approval by the manager.

RelevanceThis task is created and sent to the line manager. Based on the organizational structure configured in the system,the manager should approve or reject the request.The line manager receives this task in the Approvals view of the Managing My Area work center

ResponseTo respond to this task, execute one of the followings actions:

● Reject the cancelled leave ● Approve the cancelled leave

The task expires after a period of two weeks. It is possible to complete the task manually.

ConfigurationBy default, this task has medium priority. No escalation No escalation is provided.

See AlsoLeave Request Cancelled [page 266]

4.5.6 Task - Approve Leave Request

OverviewThe Approve Leave Request task is created after an employee has entered a leave request using the Employee Self-Service view, within the Home work center. The leave request contains the name of the employee, the type of leaveand the duration of the leave as context information.


RelevanceThis task is created if the approval status is in approval and indicates that the leave request requires approval by aline manager.The task is accessed in the Managing My Area Approvals view.

ResponseThe task is completed if the approval status is changed to approved or rejected.

This task is not changed or cancelled automatically.

ConfigurationBy default, this type of task has high priority. No escalation is provided and the task does not expire.



5 Project Management Task Types

5.1 Task - Approve Project Baseline

OverviewThis task is created when a project manager submits a project baseline for approval. The project baseline must beapproved by the cost center manager responsible for the cost center to which the project is assigned. The requestingunit of the project is used to identify the correct cost center. If the requesting unit is not available, the responsibleunit of the project is used.This type of task has medium priority.

RelevanceThe system assigns this task to the cost center manager responsible for the cost center to which the project isassigned.This user receives the task in the Managing My Area work center, Approvals view.


1. In the Managing My Area work center, Approvals view, select the task title to view more details.2. Review the project baseline.3. Do one of the following:

● To approve the project baseline, click Approve. ● To reject the project baseline, click Send Back for Revision.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this task type using the Business Task Management for ProjectManagement fine-tuning activity. You can change, for example, the default priority of the task, and the deadline forcompletion of the task.


SAP Business ByDesign February 2017Project Management Task Types P U B L I C • © 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved. 271

5.2 Task - Approve Project Baseline (Multi-Step Approval)

OverviewIf the multi-step approval process for a project baseline is scoped, then this task is created based on the settingsdone by the administrator.This type of task has medium priority and the due date is one week after creation. The priority changes to very highonce the due date has been exceeded.

RelevanceDepending on the settings made by the administrator the task is relevant to the following:

● The cost center manager responsible for the projectWhen an employee creates the project baseline, the task is sent to the cost center manager for approval. If acost center already exists for the project, then the task is sent to the requesting cost center manager, else itis sent to the responsible cost center manager.

● The super ordinate cost center manager responsible for the projectWhen the project manager and cost center manager are the same, the task is sent to the super ordinate costcenter manager. Depending on whether a requesting cost center exists for a project, the task is sent to therequesting or responsible cost center manager.

● The reporting line managerThe task is sent to the reporting line unit manager of the employee who is responsible of the project.

● Direct approversThe task is sent to the employees who are set as direct approvers

If the system is unable to find a suitable manager to send the approval task to, the task is sent to all suitable managersdepending on the level of approval.The relevant people receive this task in the Approvals view of the Managing My Area work center.For more information, see Approvals Quick Guide (in Managing My Area) and Quick Guide for Approvals (in ProjectManagement).

ResponseTo respond to this task, open the task and choose one of the following courses of action:

● To approve the project baseline and release it, click Approve .The system sends the Project Baseline Approved notification to the user who created the project baseline.

● If you want the user who created the project baseline to make a change to the project baseline and thenresubmit it, enter a comment and click Send Back for Revision .The employee responsible receives the Revise Project Baseline task [page 273]and can change the projectbaseline and restart the approval process.

Once the project baseline is approved, or sent back for revision, the system completes the task and removes it fromthe worklist.For more information, see Process An Approval Request


Project Management Task Types

ConfigurationThe configuration for this task is predefined.

See AlsoSetting Up ApprovalsBusiness Task ManagementEmployee Work Distribution Quick Guide

5.3 Task - Revise Project Baseline (Multi-Step Approval)

OverviewThe task is raised because an approver returns a project baseline for revision to the employee responsible.This type of task has medium priority and the due date is a week after creation. The priority changes to very high,once the due date has been exceeded.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to the employee who has the authorization for this project baseline.The creator of the project baseline receives this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.

ResponseTo respond to this task, open the task and choose one of the following actions:

● Check the comments of the approver or contact the approver directly ● Change the project baseline, if necessary and resend it ● Withdraw the project baseline request from approval

The task is completed and removed from the worklist when the project baseline is resent or canceled



5.4 Task - Revise Project Baseline (Multi-Step Approval)

OverviewThe task is raised because an approver returns a project baseline for revision to the employee responsible.This type of task has medium priority and the due date is a week after creation. The priority changes to very high,once the due date has been exceeded.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to the employee who has the authorization for this project baseline.The creator of the project baseline receives this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.


● Check the comments of the approver or contact the approver directly ● Change the project baseline, if necessary and resend it ● Withdraw the project baseline request from approval

The task is completed and removed from the worklist when the project baseline is resent or canceled


5.5 Task - Revise Project Baseline

OverviewThis task is created by the system when a cost center manager rejects a project baseline that was submitted by theproject manager for approval. The project manager must revise the project baseline based on the feedback fromthe cost center manager and submit the new baseline version for approval.This type of task has medium priority.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager who submitted the project baseline. This usercan view the task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.




1. In the Project Management work center, create a new version of the project baseline and change it accordingto the feedback from the cost center manager.

2. Submit the revised baseline to the cost center manager for approval.3. In the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview, select the task and choose Complete from the Actions

menu.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements using the Business Task Management for Project Management fine-tuningactivity. You can change, for example, the default priority of the task, and the deadline for completion of the task.


5.6 Task – Approve Shopping Cart

OverviewIf the total net value of the shopping cart exceeds the approval limit defined in configuration, the shopping cartcontains items without a price, or any other condition defined for the approval process is met, the system creates atask.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is always one day after creation.

RelevanceThe task is relevant for the following:

● Account assignment on cost center

● Account assignment on project

If no manager is assigned to the cost center or project, the system sends an approval task to the line managerof the requesting employee.

This default setting can be changed during fine-tuning. Instead of sending the approval task to the cost centeror project manager first, the task is then directly sent to the line manager of the requesting employee.

● Account assignment on sales order or service orderLine manager of requesting employee.


The relevant cost center manager and the line manager receive this task in the Approvals view of the Managing MyArea work center. The relevant project manager and the alternative approvers receive this task in the Approvals viewof the Project Management work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Approvals (in Managing My Area) and Quick Guide for Approvals (in ProjectManagement).


● To approve the shopping cart and release it to continue the purchasing process, click Approve .The system sends the Shopping Cart Approved [page 314] notification to the user who created the shoppingcart.

● If you are not satisfied with the shopping cart, click Reject .The shopping cart is rejected and the system sends the Shopping Cart Rejected [page 315] notification tothe user who created the shopping cart. The approver can add a note to explain the reason for rejection. Ifthe shopping cart is rejected, the approval process cannot be restarted.

● If you want the user who created the shopping cart to make a change to the approval request and thenresubmit it, enter a comment and click Send Back for Revision .The user receives the Revise Shopping Cart [page 313] task and can change the shopping cart and restartthe approval process.

For more information, see Process An Approval Request.Once the shopping cart has been approved, rejected, or sent back for revision, the system completes the task andremoves it from the worklist.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this task using the Business Task Management for Self-ServiceProcurement fine-tuning activity.It is possible to configure the approval limit of the total net value of the shopping cart and additional approvalconditions in the Shopping Cart Approvals fine-tuning activity. You can also define that approval is required if theshopping cart contains at least one item without a price. For more information, see the documentation on creatingand editing approval processes.

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementShopping Cart Processing

5.7 Task – Approve Purchase Order

OverviewIf the total net value of a purchase order exceeds the approval limit defined in configuration, the system will createthis task.



This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is always one day after creation.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to the following:

● The manager of the operational purchasing org unit ● If the Purchase Order Approval by Most Expensive Line Item business option has been selected in scoping,

the system will compare all line items in the purchase order and determine the cost object of the mostexpensive line item based on the total value of each line item. The system determines the employeeresponsible for the cost object of the most expensive line item and sends the purchase order for approval tothis person. The cost object can be, for example, a project or cost center. If no responsible manager can bedetermined for this cost object, the purchasing unit manager is taken as approver.

● Any defined alternative approver for the operational purchasing org unit or cost center, or “all” org units inthe context of purchasing (or “all” org units) also receive the task.

● If no approver can be defined with the procedure described above, the line manager of the employeeresponsible is taken as approver.

If no manager is assigned to an org unit, a manager can be assigned manually. Contact an administrator torequest creation of the missing information. The assignment of managers to the operational purchasing orgunit is maintained in the Organizational Management work center.

The relevant manager and the alternative approvers receive this task in the Approvals view of the Managing MyArea work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Approvals (in Managing My Area) and Alternative Approver for PurchaseOrders Work Category.


● To approve the purchase order and release it, click Approve . ● If you are not satisfied with the purchase order, click Reject .

The purchase order is rejected and the system sends the Purchase Order Rejected [page 340] notificationto the employee responsible. The approver can add a note to explain the reason for rejection. If the purchaseorder is rejected, the approval process cannot be restarted.

● If you want the user who created the purchase order to make a change to the approval request and thenresubmit it, enter a comment and click Send Back for Revision .The employee responsible receives the Revise Purchase Order [page 338] task and can change the purchaseorder and restart the approval process.

Once the purchase order is approved, rejected, or sent back for revision, the system completes the task and removesit from the worklist.For more information, see Process An Approval Request.


ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this task using the Business Task Management for Purchase Requestand Order Management fine-tuning activity.It is possible to determine the approval limit of the total net value of this task in the Purchase Order Approvals fine-tuning activity. For more information, see Configuration: Purchase Order Approvals.It is also possible to activate or deactivate the Purchase Order Approval by Most Expensive Line Item business optionin scoping.

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementPurchase Orders Quick GuideNotification - Approved Purchase Order Changed [page 341]

5.8 Task – Approve Goods and Services Receipt

OverviewIf the over-delivery tolerance of the purchase order is exceeded by the goods and services receipt, the system createsa task to approve the goods and services receipt only for non-stock items.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is always one day after creation.

The system does not create a task for goods and services receipts that were created automatically based ontime sheets since these recorded times have already been approved.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to the employee responsible of the cost center or project of each item in the goods and servicesreceipt, not just those that deviate from the related purchase order.

Since the system determines the employee responsible of each item of the goods and services receipt, it ispossible that it sends this task to more than one employee responsible.

The employee responsible is one of the following: ● Cost center manager or project manager of the accounting object ● Line manager of the person who created the goods and services receipt for all other accounting types

The relevant cost center manager receives this task in the Approvals view of the Managing My Area work center.The relevant project manager receive this task in the Approvals view of the Project Management work center.Employees responsible also receive this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Approvals (in Managing My Area), Quick Guide for Approvals (in ProjectManagement), and Quick Guide for Work Inbox.




● To approve the goods and services receipt and release it for further processing, click Approve .

A goods and services receipt can only be approved once. Since it is possible that the system sends thistask to more than one employee responsible, it completes the task and removes it from the worklistas soon as one of the employees responsible has approved it.

The system sends a Goods and Services Receipt Approved [page 347] notification to the employeeresponsible.

● If you are not satisfied with the goods and services receipt, click Reject .The goods and services receipt is rejected and the system sends a Goods and Services Receipt Rejected[page 348] notification to the employee responsible. You can add a note to explain the reason for rejection.If the goods and services receipt is rejected, the employee responsible cannot restart the approval process.

● If you want the employee responsible to make a change to the approval request and then resubmit it, entera comment and click Send Back for Revision .The employee responsible receives the Revise Goods and Services Receipt [page 346] task and can changethe goods and services receipt to restart the approval process.

Once the goods and services receipt is approved, rejected, or sent back for revision, the system completes the taskand removes it from the worklist.For more information, see Process An Approval Request.


See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementReceipts and Returns Quick Guide

5.9 Notification - Project Baseline Approved

OverviewThis notification is created to inform a project manager that the cost center manager has approved the projectbaseline that was submitted for approval.This type of notification has medium priority and instances of this notification do not expire automatically.


RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager who submitted the project baseline. This usercan view the task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.

ResponseThis task is intended to inform you that your project baseline has been approved.After you have viewed the notification, do the following:

1. In the Inbox subview, select the notification.2. Choose Acknowledge from the Actions menu.

The notification is removed from your inbox.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this notification using the Business Task Management for ProjectManagement fine-tuning activity.


5.10 Notification - Purchase Order with Reference to Project wasCreated or Updated

OverviewThis notification is created when a purchase order that references a project is created or updated. It is used to informthe project manager of any new or changed project-related purchases.This type of task has medium priority and instances do not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this notification to the project manager of the project that is referenced by thepurchase order. The notification is shown in the header area of the project editor when the project manager viewsor edits the project.The user can also view this notification in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.

ResponseThis notification is intended to inform you of new or updated purchase orders that reference a project.



After you have viewed the notification, do the following:1. In the Inbox subview, select the notification.2. From the Actions menu, choose Acknowledge.

The notification is removed from your inbox.

You can acknowledge multiple notifications simultaneously by selecting the lines in the table and choosingAcknowledge from the Actions menu.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this notification type using the Business Task Management for ProjectManagement fine-tuning activity. For example, you can deactivate this notification to stop the system from sendingthe notification when a purchase order that references a project is created or updated.


5.11 Task - Solve Business Document Inconsistency in InvoiceRequest to Process Invoicing Confirmation

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot edit a customer project invoice request due to a business documentinconsistency. The system has received an invoicing confirmation message requesting that a customer projectinvoice request used in project invoicing is updated. This is not possible because a business document involved inthe process contains an error.This type of task always has high priority and does not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the user who is entered as the employee responsible for the customerproject invoice request.The user can view this task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.


1. In the Inbox subview, click the task title.The Process Communication Error window opens.

2. Under Error Messages, you can view the error message that has triggered the task.3. Check the business document referred to in the error message and resolve the inconsistency.


4. Do one of the following: ● Click Restart to process the original message again. ● Click Request Reconciliation to request that the message is resent.

If you do not respond to this task, the customer project invoice request will not be updated correctly in projectmanagement.

ConfigurationThis task type cannot be configured.


5.12 Task - Approve Project Purchase Request

OverviewIf the approval process for project purchase request is scoped, then this task is created based on the settings doneby the administrator.This type of task has high priority and the due date is two days after creation. The priority changes to very high oncethe due date has been exceeded.

RelevanceDepending on the settings made by the administrator the task is relevant to the following:

● The project manager responsible for the projectIf the employee creates the project purchase request, the task is sent to the project manager responsible forthe project. If the project manager or the substitute creates the project purchase request, then noresponsibility is determined.

● The project manager responsible for the project and the cost center manager based on the value limit.If the project manager or a substitute creates the project purchase request, then the approval task is sent tothe cost center manager within whose approval limit, the net value of the project purchase request lies.If an employee raises the project purchase request, an approval task is sent to the project manager, and if itsvalue exceeds the value limit set for the project manager, an approval task is sent to the suitable cost centermanager.If there any substitutes for the project manager, then when an employee raises the project purchase request,the approval task is sent to the substitutes.

● The reporting line unit managerThe task is sent to the reporting line unit manager of the employee who submitted the project purchaserequest.



● The reporting line unit manager based on the value limitThe task is sent to the reporting line unit manager of the employee who submitted the project purchaserequest if its net value lies within the value limit set for the line unit manager. Otherwise the approval task issent to a higher level manager within whose approval limit the value of the project purchase request lies.

● Direct approversThe task is sent to the employees set as direct approvers.

If the system is unable to find a suitable manager to send the approval task to, an unassigned approval task is created.The administrator can then manually assign the task to a suitable person.The relevant people receive this task in the Approvals view of the Managing My Area work centerFor more information, see Approvals Quick Guide (in Managing My Area) and Quick Guide for Approvals (in ProjectManagement).


● To approve the project purchase request and release it, click Approve .The system sends the Project Purchase Request Approved notification [page 284] to the user who createdthe project purchasing request.

● If you are not satisfied with the project purchase request, click Reject .The project purchase request is rejected and the system sends the Project Purchase Request Rejectednotification [page 284] to the employee responsible. The approver can add a note to explain the reason forrejection. If the project purchase request is rejected, the approval process cannot be restarted.

● If you want the user who created the project purchase request to make a change to the project purchaserequest and then resubmit it, enter a comment and click Send Back for Revision .The employee responsible receives the Revise Project Purchase Request task [page 285] and can changethe project purchase request and restart the approval process.

Once the project purchase request is approved, rejected, or sent back for revision, the system completes the taskand removes it from the worklist.For more information, see Process An Approval Request

ConfigurationThe configuration for this task is predefined

See AlsoSetting Up ApprovalsBusiness Task ManagementEmployee Work Distribution Quick Guide


5.13 Notification - Project Purchase Request Approved

OverviewThis notification informs the creator of the project purchase request that it has been approved. The priority of thistype of notification is medium.The system automatically cancels the notification after 14 days.

RelevanceThe notification is relevant to the creator of the project purchase request.The creator of the project purchase request receives this notification in the Inbox subview of the Work view of theHome work center. For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox

ResponseTo complete the notification and remove it from the worklist, you can acknowledge it as follows:

1. Go to the Home work center > Work view>Inbox subview.2. Select the notification.3. Click Actions and acknowledge the notification.


See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementMaintaining Projects — Product Procurement

5.14 Notification - Project Purchase Request Rejected

OverviewThe notification informs the employee responsible that the approver has rejected the project purchase request.The priority of this type of notification is medium. This notification is canceled automatically by the system after 14days.



RelevanceThe notification is relevant for the employee responsible for raising the project purchase request.The employee responsible receives the notification in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.

ResponseYou can open the notification in the Inbox subview and check the comments made by the approver, or you can contactthe approver directly.To complete the notification and remove it from the worklist, you can acknowledge it as follows:

1. Go to the Home work center> Work view> Inbox subview2. Select the notification.3. Click Actions and acknowledge the notification

ConfigurationThe attributes of this notification type are fully predefined and cannot be configured.


5.15 Task - Revise Project Purchase Request

OverviewThe task is raised because an approver returns a project purchase request for revision to the employee responsible.This type of task has high priority and the due date is two days after creation. The priority changes to very high, oncethe due date has been exceeded.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to the employee who has the authorization for this project purchase request.The creator of the project purchase request receives this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Homework center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox



● Check the comments of the approver or contact the approver directly ● Change the project purchase request, if necessary and resend it ● Cancel the project purchase request to stop the purchasing process

The task is completed and removed from the worklist when the project purchase request is resent or canceled



5.16 Task — Review and Release Project Invoice Request

OverviewThe system creates this task after it created a project invoice request based on an invoice schedule for project-basedsales order items.This type of task always has high priority and does not expire automatically.

RelevanceRelevant users receive this task because they have access rights for the following work center views:

● The Work view in the Customer Invoicing work center. ● The relevant users receive this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.


1. Open the taskIn the worklist, click the task title.The Project Invoice Request Overview window opens.

2. Review the project invoice request ● Click Edit .

The Project Invoice Request window opens.



● Click Check to check if the project invoice request is consistent.Correct any inconsistencies.

● Review the percentage, the net value, and the assignment of time and expense items and change them,if required.

3. Release the project invoice requestChoose Release to release the project invoice request to customer invoicing.

4. ResultIf you successfully released the project invoice request, the system performs the following actions: ● The system send the project invoice request to customer invoicing. ● The system sets the status of the task to Completed.


See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementQuick Guide for Work in Customer InvoicingProject Invoicing

5.17 Task — Solve Issue When Creating Project Invoice Request

OverviewThe system creates this task if it tried to create a project invoice request based on an invoice schedule for a project-based sales order item but failed.This type of task always has high priority and does not expire automatically.

RelevanceRelevant users receive this task because they have access rights for the following work center views:

● The Work view in the Customer Invoicing work center. ● The relevant users receive this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

For this task type Solve Issue When Creating Project Invoice Request access context is enabled to restrictusers to view run results of other companies. This will restrict the users to see the information pertaining tonet value; invoice data etc., for customer project invoice request.

● For restricted users, only those instances of this task type would be displayed which matches his accessrestrictions.

● For unrestricted users, all instances of this task type would be displayed.



1. Open the taskIn the worklist, click the task title.The Task: Solve Issue When Creating Project Invoice Request window opens.

2. Check the application log ● Click the ID of the application log.

The Application Log window opens. ● Choose Results .

A table displaying errors, warnings, and information messages is displayed. ● Choose Expand All .

The system expands the hierarchy so that you can view the messages.3. Resolve all errors

Use the information from the error messages to resolve all errors.4. Retry

● Choose Close to leave the application log and get back to the task. ● In the Task: Solve Issue When Creating Project Invoice Request window, choose Actions and then

Retry to restart the creation of the project invoice request.5. Result

● If you solved all errors successfully, the system performs the following actions: ○ The system creates the project invoice request. ○ The system sets the status of the task to Completed. ○ The system creates a new task Review and Release Project Invoice Request.

● If you could not resolve all errors, the system retries to create the project invoice request and adds thenew messages to the application log under the header Manual retry to create project invoice requestfailed.Check the application log again and resolve the remaining errors.


See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementQuick Guide for Work in Customer InvoicingProject Invoicing



5.18 Task - Solve Business Document Inconsistency in Project toProcess Employee Time Confirmation

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot process an employee time confirmation related to a project task becauseof an inconsistency in a business document. The system has received an employee time confirmation requestingthat a project is updated. This is not possible because a business document involved in the process contains an error.This type of task always has high priority and instances do not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager of the project that is referenced in the employeetime confirmation. This user can view this task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.



2. Under Error Messages, you can view the error message that has triggered the task.3. Check the business document referred to in the error message and resolve the inconsistency.4. Do one of the following:

● Click Restart to process the purchasing notification again and then click Refresh to check that themessage has been processed successfully.

● Click Request Reconciliation to request that the message is resent.

The task is automatically set to completed.

If the employee time confirmation cannot be processed, the time recordings will not be visible in the project.If you do not respond to this task, the system will also not be able to process any further employee timeconfirmations related to this project.




5.19 Task - Solve Business Document Inconsistency in Project toProcess Expense Notification

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot edit a project expense due to a business document inconsistency. Thesystem has received an expense notification message requesting that a project expense is created or updated. Thisis not possible because a business document involved in the process contains an error.This type of task always has high priority and does not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager of the project that is referenced in the projectexpense notification. The user can view this task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.




● Click Restart to process the original message again. ● Click Request Reconciliation to request that the message is resent.

If you do not respond to this task, the project expense contained in the project expense notification will eithernot be visible in project management or will not be updated correctly.





5.20 Task - Solve Business Document Inconsistency in Project toProcess Purchase Order Notification

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot process a purchase order notification related to a project task becauseof an inconsistency in a business document. The system has received a purchase order notification requesting thata project is updated. This is not possible because a business document involved in the process contains an error.This type of task always has high priority and instances do not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager of the project that is referenced in the purchaseorder notification. This user can view this task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.




● Click Restart to process the original message again and then click Refresh to check that the messagehas been processed successfully.



If the purchase order notification cannot be processed, the system will not be able to update the PurchaseOrders view of the Purchase Tracking tab in the Maintain Project editor.If you do not respond to this task, the system will not be able to process any further purchase order notificationsfrom this purchase order for this project.




5.21 Task- Solve Business Document Inconsistency in Project toProcess Purchasing Confirmation

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot process a purchasing confirmation related to a project task becauseof an inconsistency in a business document. The system has received a purchasing confirmation from a purchaserequest requesting that a project is updated. This is not possible because a business document involved in theprocess contains an error.This type of task always has high priority and instances do not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager of the project that is referenced in the purchasingconfirmation. The user can view this task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.




● Click Restart to process the purchasing confirmation again and then click Refresh to check that themessage has been processed successfully.



If the purchasing confirmation cannot be processed, the system will not be able to update the PurchaseRequest view of the Purchase Tracking tab in the Maintain Project editor with the purchase request ID.If you do not respond to this task, the system will also not be able to process any further purchasingconfirmations related to the purchase request.





5.22 Task - Solve Business Document Inconsistency in Project toProcess Purchasing Notification

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot process a purchasing notification related to a project task because ofan inconsistency in a business document. The system has received a purchasing notification requesting that a projectis updated. This is not possible because a business document involved in the process contains an error.This type of task always has high priority and instances do not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager of the project that is referenced in the purchasingnotification. This user can view this task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.




● Click Restart to process the purchasing notification again and then click Refresh to check that themessage has been processed successfully.



If the purchasing notification cannot be processed, the system will not be able to update the PurchaseRequests view of the Purchase Tracking tab in the Maintain Project editor.If you do not respond to this task, the system will also not be able to process any further purchasingnotifications related to the purchase request.




5.23 Task - Solve Business Document Inconsistency in Project toProcess Task Assignment Notification

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot process a task assignment notification related to a project task becauseof an inconsistency in a business document. The system has received a task assignment notification from a requestfor quotation or purchasing contract requesting that a project is updated. This is not possible because a businessdocument involved in the process contains an error.This type of task always has high priority and instances do not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager of the project that is referenced in the taskassignment notification. This user can view this task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.




● Click Restart to process the original message again and then click Refresh to check if the message hasbeen processed successfully.



If the task assignment notification cannot be processed, the system will not be able to update theReferences view of the Project Overview tab in the Maintain Project editor.If you do not respond to this task, the system will not be able to process any further task assignmentnotifications related to this project.





5.24 Task - Solve Business Document Inconsistency in Project-Related Sales Order

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot edit a project sales order due to an inconsistency in a businessdocument. The system has received a message requesting that a project sales order used in project invoicing iscreated or updated. This is not possible because a business document involved in the process contains an error.This type of task always has high priority and does not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager of the project referenced in the project salesorder. This user can view the task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.




● Click Restart to process the original message again. ● Click Request Reconciliation to request that the message is resent.

If you do not respond to this task, the project sales order will either not be visible in project invoicing or willnot be updated correctly.




5.25 Task - Solve Configuration Inconsistency in Business Topic"Project Invoicing" to Process Invoicing Confirmation

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot edit a customer project invoice request due to an inconsistency inbusiness configuration. The system has received an invoicing confirmation message requesting that a customerproject invoice request used in project invoicing is updated. This is not possible due to a business configuration errorrelated to the Project Invoicing business topic.This type of task always has high priority and does not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the user who is entered as the employee responsible for the customerproject invoice request.The user can view this task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.



2. Under Error Messages, you can view the error message that has triggered the task.3. Resolve the error in business configuration.4. Click Restart to process the invoicing confirmation message again.






5.26 Task - Solve Configuration Inconsistency in Business Topic "SellProject-Based Services" to Process Project-Related Sales Order

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot edit a project sales order due to an inconsistency in businessconfiguration. The system has received a message requesting that a project sales order used in project invoicing iscreated or updated. This is not possible due to a business configuration error related to the Sell Project-BasedServices business topic.This type of task always has high priority and does not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager of the project referenced in the project salesorder. This user can view the task in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.



2. Under Error Messages, you can view the error message that has triggered the task.3. Resolve the error in business configuration.4. Click Restart to process the message again.





5.27 Task - Solve Configuration Inconsistency in Project to ProcessEmployee Time Confirmation

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot process an employee time confirmation related to a project task dueto an error in business configuration. The system has received an employee time confirmation requesting that aproject is updated. This is not possible because of a business configuration error.This type of task always has high priority and does not expire automatically.




2. Under Error Messages, you can view the error message that has triggered the task.3. Resolve the error in business configuration.4. Click Restart to process the task assignment notification again.

The task is automatically set to completed.5. Click Refresh to check that the notification has been processed successfully.






5.28 Task - Solve Configuration Inconsistency in Project to ProcessExpense Notification

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot edit a project expense due to an error in business configuration. Thesystem has received an expense notification message requesting that a project expense is created or updated. Thisis not possible because of a business configuration error.This type of task always has high priority and does not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager of the project that is referenced in the projectexpense notification. The user can view this task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.



2. Under Error Messages, you can view the error message that has triggered the task.3. Resolve the error in business configuration.4. Click Restart to process the project expense notification again.





5.29 Task - Solve Configuration Inconsistency in Project to ProcessPurchase Order Notification

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot process a purchase order notification related to a project task due toan inconsistency in business configuration. The system has received a purchase order notification related to a projecttask requesting that a project is updated. This is not possible because of a business configuration error.This type of task always has high priority and instances do not expire automatically.




2. Under Error Messages, you can view the error message that has triggered the task.3. Resolve the error in business configuration.4. Click Restart to process the purchase order notification again.

The task is automatically set to completed.5. Click Refresh to check that the message has been processed successfully.






5.30 Task - Solve Configuration Inconsistency in Project to ProcessPurchasing Confirmation

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot process a purchasing confirmation related to a project task due to aninconsistency in business configuration. The system has received a purchasing confirmation requesting that aproject is updated. This is not possible because of a business configuration error.This type of task always has high priority and does not expire automatically.




2. Under Error Messages, you can view the error message that has triggered the task.3. Resolve the error in business configuration.4. Click Restart to process the purchasing confirmation again.

The task is automatically set to completed.5. Click Refresh to check that the confirmation has been processed successfully.





5.31 Task - Solve Configuration Inconsistency in Project to ProcessPurchasing Notification

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot process a purchasing notification related to a project task due to anerror in business configuration. The system has received a purchasing notification requesting that a project isupdated. This is not possible because of a business configuration error.This type of task always has high priority and does not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager of the project that is referenced in the purchasingnotification. The user can view this task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.





If the purchasing notification cannot be processed, the system will not be able to update the PurchaseRequests view of the Purchase Tracking tab in the Maintain Project editor.If you do not respond to this task, the system will also not be able to process any further purchasingnotifications related to the purchase order.





5.32 Task - Solve Configuration Inconsistency in Project to ProcessTask Assignment Notification

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot process a task assignment notification related to a project task due toan error in business configuration. The system has received a task assignment notification from a request forquotation or a purchasing contract requesting that the project is updated. This is not possible because of a businessconfiguration error.This type of task always has high priority and does not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager of the project that is referenced in the taskassignment notification. The user can view this task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.





If the task assignment notification cannot be processed, the system will not be able to update theReferences view of the Project Overview tab in the Maintain Project editor.If you do not respond to this task, the system will also not be able to process any further task assignmentnotifications related to the project.




5.33 Task - Solve Lock Issue in Invoice Request to Process InvoicingConfirmation

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot edit a customer project invoice request due to a permanent lockingissue. The system has received an invoicing confirmation message requesting that a customer project invoicerequest used in project invoicing is updated. This is not possible because the customer project invoice request iscurrently locked by another user or process.This type of task always has high priority and does not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the user who is entered as the employee responsible for the customerproject invoice request. The user can view this task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.



2. Under Error Messages, you can view the error message that has triggered the task.3. Unlock the customer project invoice request.4. Click Restart to process the invoicing confirmation again.






5.34 Task - Solve Lock Issue in Project to Process Employee TimeConfirmation

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot process an employee time confirmation related to a project task becauseof a permanent locking issue. This means that the project is currently being used by another user or process.This type of task always has high priority and instances do not expire automatically.




2. Under Error Messages, you can view the error message that has triggered the task3. Unlock the project.4. Click Restart to process the employee time confirmation again.

The task is automatically set to completed.5. Click Refresh to check that the message has been processed successfully.





5.35 Task - Solve Lock Issue in Project to Process ExpenseNotification

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot edit a project expense due to a permanent locking issue. The systemhas received an expense notification message requesting that a project expense is created or updated. This is notpossible because the project expense is currently locked by another user or task.This type of task always has high priority and does not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager of the project that is referenced in the projectexpense notification. This user can view this task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.



2. Under Error Messages, you can view the error message that has triggered the task.3. Unlock the project expense.4. Click Restart to process the project expense notification again.






5.36 Task - Solve Lock Issue in Project to Process Purchase OrderNotification

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot process a purchase order notification related to a project task becauseof a permanent locking issue. This means that the project is currently being used by another user or process.This type of task always has high priority and instances do not expire automatically.




2. Under Error Messages, you can view the error message that has triggered the task.3. Unlock the project.4. Click Restart to process the purchase order notification again.






5.37 Task - Solve Lock Issue in Project to Process PurchasingConfirmation

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot process a purchasing confirmation related to a project task becauseof a permanent locking issue. The system has received a purchasing confirmation requesting that a project isupdated. This is not possible because the project is currently locked by another user or process.This type of task always has high priority and instances do not expire automatically.




2. Under Error Messages, you can view the error message that has triggered the task.3. Unlock the project.4. Click Restart to process the purchasing confirmation again.

The task is automatically set to completed.5. Click Refresh to check that the confirmation has been processed successfully.






5.38 Task - Solve Lock Issue in Project to Process PurchasingNotification

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot process a purchasing notification related to a project task because ofa permanent locking issue. This means that the project is currently being used by another user or process.This type of task always has high priority and instances do not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager of the project that is referenced in the purchasingnotification. This user can view this task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.



2. Under Error Messages, you can view the error message that has triggered the task.3. Unlock the project.4. Click Restart to process the purchasing notification again.


If the purchasing notification cannot be processed, the system will not be able to update the PurchaseRequests view of the Purchase Tracking tab in the Maintain Project editor.If you do not respond to this task, the system will also not be able to process any further purchasingnotifications related to the purchase request.




5.39 Task - Solve Lock Issue in Project to Process Task AssignmentNotification

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot process a task assignment notification related to a project task becauseof a permanent locking issue. The system has received a task assignment notification from a request for quotationor purchasing contract requesting that a project is updated. This is not possible because the project is currentlylocked by another user or process.This type of task always has high priority and instances do not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager of the project that is referenced in the taskassignment notification. This user can view this task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.



2. Under Error Messages, you can view the error message that has triggered the task.3. Unlock the project.4. Click Restart to process the task assignment notification again.


If the task assignment notification cannot be processed, the system will not be able to update theReferences view of the Project Overview tab in the Maintain Project editor.If you do not respond to this task, the system will also not be able to process any further task assignmentnotifications related to this project.





5.40 Task - Solve Lock Issue in Project-Related Sales Order

OverviewThis task is created when the system cannot edit a project sales order due to a permanent locking issue. The systemhas received a message requesting that a project sales order used in project invoicing is created or updated. This isnot possible because the project sales order is currently locked by another user or task.This type of task always has high priority and does not expire automatically.

RelevanceThe system automatically assigns this task to the project manager of the project referenced in the project salesorder. This user can view the task in the Home work center, Work view, Inbox subview.



2. Under Error Messages, you can view the error message that has triggered the task.3. Unlock the project sales order.4. Click Restart to process the message again.





6 Supplier Relationship Management TaskTypes

6.1 Shopping Cart

6.1.1 Task – Approve Shopping Cart

OverviewIf the total net value of the shopping cart exceeds the approval limit defined in configuration, the shopping cartcontains items without a price, or any other condition defined for the approval process is met, the system creates atask.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is always one day after creation.


● Account assignment on cost center

● Account assignment on project

If no manager is assigned to the cost center or project, the system sends an approval task to the line managerof the requesting employee.

This default setting can be changed during fine-tuning. Instead of sending the approval task to the cost centeror project manager first, the task is then directly sent to the line manager of the requesting employee.

● Account assignment on sales order or service orderLine manager of requesting employee.

The relevant cost center manager and the line manager receive this task in the Approvals view of the Managing MyArea work center. The relevant project manager and the alternative approvers receive this task in the Approvals viewof the Project Management work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Approvals (in Managing My Area) and Quick Guide for Approvals (in ProjectManagement).


● To approve the shopping cart and release it to continue the purchasing process, click Approve .The system sends the Shopping Cart Approved [page 314] notification to the user who created the shoppingcart.


Supplier Relationship Management Task Types

● If you are not satisfied with the shopping cart, click Reject .The shopping cart is rejected and the system sends the Shopping Cart Rejected [page 315] notification tothe user who created the shopping cart. The approver can add a note to explain the reason for rejection. Ifthe shopping cart is rejected, the approval process cannot be restarted.

● If you want the user who created the shopping cart to make a change to the approval request and thenresubmit it, enter a comment and click Send Back for Revision .The user receives the Revise Shopping Cart [page 313] task and can change the shopping cart and restartthe approval process.

For more information, see Process An Approval Request.Once the shopping cart has been approved, rejected, or sent back for revision, the system completes the task andremoves it from the worklist.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this task using the Business Task Management for Self-ServiceProcurement fine-tuning activity.It is possible to configure the approval limit of the total net value of the shopping cart and additional approvalconditions in the Shopping Cart Approvals fine-tuning activity. You can also define that approval is required if theshopping cart contains at least one item without a price. For more information, see the documentation on creatingand editing approval processes.


6.1.2 Task – Revise Shopping Cart

OverviewThe task is raised because an approver returns a shopping cart for revision to the creator of the shopping cart.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is always one week after creation.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to the creator of the shopping cart.The creator of the shopping cart receives this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.


SAP Business ByDesign February 2017Supplier Relationship Management Task Types P U B L I C • © 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved. 313

● Check the comments of the approver or contact the approver directly. ● Change the shopping cart, if necessary, and submit it again.

For more information, see Shopping Cart Processing.The task is completed and removed from the worklist when the shopping cart is posted, deleted, or sent for approval.



6.1.3 Notification – Shopping Cart Approved

OverviewThe notification informs the creator of the shopping cart that it has been approved.The default priority of this type of notification is medium but can be configured. The system automatically cancelsthe notification after 30 days.

RelevanceThe notification is relevant to the creator of the shopping cart.The creator of the shopping cart receives this notification in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home workcenter.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.


1. Go to the Home work center Work view Inbox subview .2. Select the notification.3. Click Actions and acknowledge the notification.



ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this notification using the Business Task Management for Self-ServiceProcurement fine-tuning activity. For example, you can deactivate the notification in configuration if you do not needit in your business processes, or you can change the priority of the notification.


6.1.4 Notification – Shopping Cart Rejected

OverviewThe notification informs the creator of the shopping cart that the approver has rejected the shopping cart.The default priority of this type of notification is medium but can be configured. The notification is canceledautomatically by the system after 30 days.







6.1.5 Notification - One or More Items in Shopping Cart Canceled byBuyer

OverviewThe notification is raised, because one or more shopping cart items were canceled by the responsible buyer. Thenotification informs the creator of the shopping cart that the buyer canceled the assigned purchase request items.The default priority of this type of notification is medium but can be configured. The notification is canceledautomatically by the system after 30 days.


ResponseTo get information about the cancellation, contact the buyer responsible.To complete the notification and remove it from the worklist, you can acknowledge it as follows:






6.2 Request for Quotation

6.2.1 Task - Check RFQ; Submission Deadline Passed

OverviewThe system raises this task because the defined submission deadline of a request for quotation (RFQ) has passed.It is now possible to process the received and entered supplier quotes.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is set to one week after the submission deadline of theRFQ. The system automatically cancels this task after three months.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to all employees to whom the Requests for Quotation view is assigned and who have authorizationfor this request for quotation.The user receives this task in the Requests for Quotation view of the Sourcing and Contracting work center.For more information, see the RFQs and Quotes Quick Guide.

ResponseTo respond to this task, open the task, and choose the following actions:

● Award, reject, or close quotes.If you award a quote, the system will create a purchasing contract or a purchase order depending on the RFQtype. See the document flow of the awarded quote. The system informs the supplier about the award.If you reject a quote, no further processing is possible for that quote. The system informs the supplier aboutthe rejection.If you close a quote, no further processing is possible for that quote. The system does not inform the supplier.

● If no further processing is necessary, close the RFQ.Once you have closed an RFQ, the system completes the task and removes it from the worklist.

For more information, see Supplier Quote Processing and Request for Quotation Processing.




6.3 Supplier Quote

6.3.1 Task - Complete Supplier Quote

OverviewWhen a buyer saves a draft supplier quote, the system assigns the status In Preparation and creates a task tocomplete the supplier quote.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is one day after creation.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to all employees to whom the Quotes subview is assigned and who have authorization for thissupplier quote.The user receives this task in the Quotes subview of the Sourcing and Contracting work center.For more information, see the RFQs and Quotes Quick Guide.


● Open and complete the supplier quote. When you submit the supplier quote, the system closes the task andremoves it from your worklist. To complete the task: ○ Open the supplier quote editor from the worklist. ○ Add missing data or make changes where necessary. ○ To check the consistency of the supplier quote, click Check . ○ To save the completed supplier quote, click Submit .

● In the Supplier Quote editor, close the quote.When you close the supplier quote, the system cancels the task and removes it from your worklist. No furtheraction is possible for the supplier quote.

● In the Quotes subview, select the supplier quote and delete it.When you delete the supplier quote, the system cancels the task and removes it from your worklist. No furtheraction is possible for the supplier quote.

For more information, see Supplier Quote Processing.





6.3.2 Task - Check Receipt Date/Time for Supplier Quote

OverviewThe system raises this task because the receipt date and time for a supplier quote is after the submission deadlinemaintained in the request for quotation (RFQ). It is only relevant for supplier quotes that the system sent asinteractive forms.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is set one day after creation.


ResponseTo respond to this task, proceed as follows:

1. Open the task.2. Change the receipt date and time of the quote.3. Submit the quote.

For more information, see Supplier Quote Processing.The system completes the task and removes it from the worklist.

You can also save the quote without submitting it. The quote is then incomplete and the system generates atask to complete the quote.For more information, see Task — Complete Supplier Quote [page 318].




6.3.3 Task - Check Supplier Quote Submitted for Contract Renewal

OverviewThe system raises this task because the requested bidder has submitted a supplier quote. Since this quote refersto a request for quotation (RFQ) in a contract renewal process, no further supplier quotes are expected fromadditional bidders. Therefore, the buyer can decide on the quote now.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is set one week after submission of the supplier quote.



● Open the task and award the quote.The system creates a new purchasing contract. See the document flow of the awarded supplier quote.

● Open the task and reject the quote.The system does not create a new purchasing contract and the contract renewal process ends.

For more information, see Supplier Quote Processing.Once the quote has been awarded or rejected, the system completes the task and removes it from the worklist.





6.4 Purchasing Contract

6.4.1 Task - Complete Purchasing Contract

OverviewWhen a buyer saves a draft purchasing contract, the system assigns the status In Preparation and creates a task tocomplete the purchasing contract.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is two weeks after creation.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to all employees to whom the Contracts view is assigned and who have authorization for thispurchasing contract.The user receives this task in the Contracts view of the Sourcing and Contracting work center.For more information, see the Contracts Quick Guide.


● Open and complete the purchasing contract. To complete the task: ○ Open the purchasing contract editor from the worklist. ○ Add missing data or make changes where necessary. ○ To check the consistency of the purchasing contract, click Check . ○ To save the completed purchasing contract, click Release . ○ After releasing the purchasing contract, you can send it to the supplier.

Once you have released the purchasing contract, or the purchasing contract is in approval or innegotiation, the system closes the task and removes it from the worklist.

● Delete the purchasing contract.If you delete the purchasing contract, the system cancels the task and removes it from your worklist.

For more information, see Purchasing Contract Processing.




6.4.2 Task – Approve Purchasing Contract

OverviewThe task is raised because a purchasing contract requires approval due to settings in business configuration.This type of task always has medium priority.


● Manager of the strategic purchasing org unit.

If no manager is assigned to an org unit, the key user can assign a manager manually. Contact yourkey user to request creation of the missing information. The assignment of managers to an org unit ismaintained in the Organizational Management work center.

● Any alternative approver for the strategic purchasing org unit as defined by the key user. ● Any alternative approver for all org units as defined by the key user. ● If no approver is defined for any of the above, the approver is the line manager of the employee responsible

entered in the purchasing contract.

The relevant manager and the alternative approvers receive this task in the Approvals view of the Managing MyArea work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Approvals (in Managing My Area) and Alternative Approver for PurchasingContracts Work Category.


● To approve the purchasing contract, click Approve .The system sets the purchasing contract status to Released and the contract can be sent to the supplier.

● If you are not satisfied with the purchasing contract, click Reject .You can add a note to explain the reason for rejection. If the purchasing contract is rejected, the approvalprocess cannot be restarted.

● If you want the user who created the purchasing contract to make a change to the approval request and thenresubmit it, enter a comment and click Send Back for Revision .The employee responsible receives the Revise Purchasing Contract [page 323] task and can change thecontract and restart the approval process.

For more information, see Process An Approval Request.Once the purchasing contract has been approved, rejected, or sent back for revision, the system completes the taskand removes it from the worklist.



ConfigurationThe attributes of this task type are fully predefined and cannot be configured.The task is raised only if the Purchasing Contract Approvals business option is activated in scoping.

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementContracts Quick Guide

6.4.3 Task – Revise Purchasing Contract

OverviewThe task is raised because an approver returns a purchasing contract for revision to the employee responsible.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is always two weeks after creation.


ResponseTo respond to this task, open the task, and choose one of the following courses of action:

● Check the comments of the approver or contact the approver directly. ● Change the purchasing contract, if necessary, and release it for approval again. ● Delete the purchasing contract to stop the strategic purchasing process.

For more information, see Purchasing Contract Processing.When the purchasing contract is released again or deleted, the task is completed and removed from the worklist.




6.4.4 Task - Check Expired Purchasing Contract

OverviewThe system automatically checks the contracts daily and raises this task because a purchasing contract or one ofthe items in a purchasing contract has expired.A purchasing contract expires in the following cases:

● The validity period of the purchasing contract expires. ● The open target value of the purchasing contract expires. ● The open quantity or value of at least one item in the purchasing contract expires.

This type of task always has medium priority.



● In the purchasing contract, check the release history of the purchasing contract items, the validity period ofthe purchasing contract, and the target value to see why the contract has expired.

● If necessary, renew the purchasing contract by clicking Negotiate and choosing one of the options. ● To complete the task and to remove it from the worklist, click Close Contract .

For more information, see Purchasing Contract Processing.





6.4.5 Task - Price Validity Period of Purchasing Contract Item EndsSoon

OverviewThe task is raised because the price validity period of a purchasing contract item ends soon. The system checks theprice validity period of purchasing contracts periodically and if the validity period is about to expire, this task is raised.

This task is only raised for material and service items. The system does not raise a task for product categoryitems that do not contain a price.

This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is two weeks after creation.


ResponseTo respond to this task, you can choose the following courses of action:

● Update the price validity period of the purchasing contract item. ● Add a new price containing a new price validity period. ● Let the price validity period expire.

The system deactivates the purchasing contract item for sourcing, completes the task, and removes it fromthe worklist.

For more information, see Purchasing Contract Processing.Once you have updated the price validity period so that it is valid, the purchasing contract is closed, or the purchasingcontract item is deactivated for sourcing, the task is completed and removed from the worklist.




6.4.6 Notification - Business Partner Not Maintained as Supplier

OverviewThe system raises this notification if a quote has been awarded but the assigned business partner is only a bidder.To use the business partner in the purchasing contract or the purchase order, the business partner must be assignedas a supplier in the supplier master.The default priority of this type of notification is medium but can be configured. The system automatically cancelsthe notification after 30 days.

RelevanceThe notification is relevant to the employee responsible maintained in the purchasing contract or the purchase order.The employee responsible receives this notification in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.

The system determines the employee who created a purchasing contract or a purchase order as the employeeresponsible.For more information and exceptions to this rule, see Purchase Requests and Orders Work Category.

ResponseEither set the business partner to a supplier in the supplier master or contact the person responsible for suppliermaster data.To complete the notification and remove it from the worklist, you can acknowledge it as follows:


ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements using the Business Task Management for Sourcing and Contracting fine-tuning activity. For example, you can deactivate the notification, or change the priority to influence the ranking ofthe notification in the worklist.

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementRFQs and Quotes Quick Guide



6.4.7 Notification - Approved Purchasing Contract Changed AfterRelease

OverviewThe system raises this notification if a purchasing contract is changed after it has been approved and released.The default priority of this type of notification is medium but can be configured. The system automaticallyacknowledges the notification after 30 days.

RelevanceThe notification is relevant for the following:

● Manager of the strategic purchasing org unit.

If no manager is assigned to an org unit, the key user can assign a manager manually. Contact yourkey user to request creation of the missing information. The assignment of managers to an org unit ismaintained in the Organizational Management work center.

● Any alternative approver for the strategic purchasing org unit as defined by the key user. ● Any alternative approver for all org units as defined by the key user. ● If no approver is defined for any of the above, the approver is the line manager of the employee responsible

entered in the purchasing contract.

The relevant users receive this notification in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.

ResponseTo see what has been changed in the purchasing contract, open the purchasing contract and choose the Changes tab.To complete the notification and remove it from the worklist, you can acknowledge it as follows:


ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements using the Business Task Management for Sourcing and Contracting fine-tuning activity. For example, you can deactivate the notification, or change the priority to influence the ranking ofthe notification in the worklist.The notification is raised only if the Purchasing Contract Approvals business option is activated in scoping.



6.4.8 Notification – Purchasing Contract About to Expire

OverviewThe system automatically checks the contracts daily and creates a notification to inform you that a purchasingcontract or one of its items is about to expire.A purchasing contract expires in the following cases:

● The validity period of the purchasing contract expires. ● The open target value of the purchasing contract expires. ● The open quantity or open value of at least one purchasing contract item expires.

The default priority of this type of notification is medium but can be configured. The system automatically cancelsthe notification after 30 days.

RelevanceThe notification is relevant to the employee responsible maintained in the purchasing contract.The employee responsible receives this notification in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.

ResponseTo get information about why the purchasing contract is about to expire, you can check the release history of thepurchasing contract items, the validity period of the purchasing contract, and the target value.Choose one of the following courses of action:

● Renew the purchasing contract by clicking Negotiate and choosing one of the options. ● Edit the validity period or the quantities of the purchasing contract. ● If you want the purchasing contract to expire, click Actions and choose Acknowledge in the worklist in the

Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.

When none of the items in the contract are about to expire anymore, or the contract has expired, the notification iscompleted and removed from the worklist .

The expiry check is done by the system once in a day, as a daily job. Therefore, the notification will be removedonly on the following day of contract expiry or contract renewal or change in validity period.

For more information, see Task — Check Expired Purchasing Contract [page 324].



ConfigurationIn configuration, you can define the following notification limits:

● Purchasing contract validity period in days:If the contract validity expires in less than the defined time period, the notification is raised.

● Open target value in percentageIf the open target value in a contract is smaller than the defined percentage, the notification is raised.

● Open target quantity in percentageIf the open quantity in a contract item is smaller than the defined percentage, the notification is raised.

It is possible to configure certain elements of this notification using the Business Task Management for Sourcingand Contracting fine-tuning activity. For example, you can deactivate the notification or change the priority toinfluence the ranking of the notification in the worklist.


6.5 Purchase Request

6.5.1 Task – Assign Supplier to Purchase Request

OverviewThe system raises this task because it cannot automatically determine a supplier for a purchase request item.This type of task has always medium priority.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to all employees to whom the Purchase Requests view is assigned and who have authorizationfor this purchase request.The user receives this task in the Purchase Requests view of the Purchase Requests and Orders work center.For more information, see Purchase Requests Quick Guide.


● Enter a supplier. ● To start request for quotation processing, create a sourcing request. For more information, see Request for

Quotation Processing.

If a supplier is assigned to the purchase request item or a sourcing request is raised, the system completes the taskand removes it from the worklist.



See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementPurchase Requests Quick Guide

6.5.2 Task – Escalation: Assign Supplier to Purchase Request

OverviewThe system raises this escalation task because the due date of the Assign Supplier to Purchase Request task hasbeen reached and the task is not completed. The system escalates the task because the planned ordering datemaintained in the purchase request has been reached.This type of task always has high priority. The due date is always the same day.


● The manager working in the operational purchasing org unit maintained in the purchase request.

● Any alternative approver for the operational purchasing org unit or cost center.

The relevant manager receives this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center. Thealternative approvers receive this task in the Approvals view of the Managing My Area work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox and Quick Guide for Approvals (in Managing My Area).

ResponseTake appropriate actions, such as informing your employees about this task. You can also forward this task by clicking

Actions and choosing Forward.When a purchase order with reference to the purchase request is created, the system completes the task andremoves it from the worklist.For more information, see Purchase Order Processing.




See AlsoTask - Assign Supplier to Purchase Request [page 329]Business Task ManagementPurchase Requests Quick Guide

6.5.3 Task - Check Purchase Request Changes

OverviewThe system raises this task because it has changed a purchase request due to a reconciliation message, and apurchase order or sourcing request already exists for this purchase request.The reconciliation mechanism in the system ensures data consistency if data correction is needed, for example, byusing correction reports. To ensure system consistency, the system sends change or reconciliation messages tothe documents that need to be updated.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is five days after task creation.


ResponseTo respond to this task, open the task, and check any changes made to the purchase request.To complete the task and remove it from the worklist, manually set the task to completed or cancel the purchaserequest.For more information, see Purchase Requests Quick Guide and Purchase Request Processing.




6.5.4 Task - Resolve Critical Purchase Request Inconsistency

OverviewThe task is raised because a purchase request contains an error.The following errors can occur:

● If a product ID is used in the purchase request item, the purchasing unit of measure in the product masterhas not been maintained for the specified product in the purchase request.

● If a product ID is used in the purchase request item, the purchasing status in the product master does notallow the product to be purchased.

● The purchase request does not contain a product category. ● The account determination group of the used product category is missing.

This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is the task creation date.



● If a product ID is used, check the product master. If you cannot maintain the product data by yourself, contactthe person responsible for the product master.Once the product master has been maintained correctly, process the purchase request. In the PurchaseRequest editor, click Check to validate the purchase request.

● If no product ID is used in the purchase request, check whether a product category has been maintained. ● In the Purchase Request editor, add a valid product category and click Check to validate the consistency of

the purchase request.

The task is completed when the purchase request is consistent, processed successfully, or canceled.





6.5.5 Notification - Purchase Request Item Canceled

OverviewThe notification is raised because a purchase request item assigned to a purchase order item has been canceled.The initiator of the cancellation is not a buyer. The notification informs the responsible buyer that a purchase requesthas been canceled because no automatic cancellation of the purchase order is possible.The default priority of this type of notification is medium but can be configured. The system automatically cancelsthe notification after 30 days.

RelevanceThe notification is relevant for the employee responsible maintained in the purchase order.The employee responsible receives this notification in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.

ResponseTo respond to this notification, proceed as follows:Check whether the purchase order has to be canceled or changed due to the cancellation of the purchase request.Contact the requester to get information about the cancellation.To complete the notification and remove it from the worklist, you can acknowledge it as follows:


For more information, see Purchase Request Processing and Purchase Order Processing.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this notification using the Business Task Management for PurchaseRequest and Order Management fine-tuning activity. For example, you can deactivate the notification if you do notneed it in your business processes, or you can change the priority of the notification.

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementPurchase Requests Quick Guide


6.6 Purchase Order

6.6.1 Task - Create Purchase Order

OverviewThe task is raised because a supplier is already assigned to a purchase request but the purchase request has notbeen transferred into a purchase order.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is one day before the defined ordering date.If the due date is reached, the system triggers an escalation task. For more information, see Task - Escalation: CreatePurchase Order [page 335].


ResponseTo respond to this task, open the task and create a purchase order.For more information, see Purchase Order Processing.The task is completed and removed from the worklist when a purchase order is created (ordering the completerequested quantity) with reference to the purchase request.


See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementPurchase Orders Quick Guide



6.6.2 Task – Escalation: Create Purchase Order

OverviewThe task is an escalation task of the Create Purchase Order task. The system raises this task because the due dateof the Create Purchase Order task has been reached and the task has not been completed. The system escalatesthe task because the planned ordering date maintained in the purchase request has been reached.This type of task always has high priority. The due date is always the same day.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to the manager working in the operational purchasing org unit maintained in the purchaserequest.The relevant manager receives this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.

ResponseTake appropriate actions, such as informing your employees about this task. You can also forward this task bychoosing Actions and then Forward.When a purchase order with reference to the purchase request is created, the system completes the task andremoves it from the worklist.For more information, see Purchase Order Processing.


See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementTask — Create Purchase Order [page 334]Purchase Orders Quick Guide

6.6.3 Task - Complete Purchase Order

OverviewWhen a buyer saves a draft purchase order, the system assigns the status In Preparation and creates this task tocomplete the purchase order.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is one day after creation.


RelevanceThe task is relevant to all employees to whom the Purchase Orders view is assigned and who have authorization forthis purchase order.The user receives this task in the Purchase Orders view of the Purchase Requests and Orders work center.For more information, see Purchase Orders Quick Guide.


● Open and complete the purchase order. When you order the purchase order, the system closes the task andremoves it from your worklist. To complete the task: ○ Open the purchase order editor from the worklist. ○ To check the consistency of the purchase order, click Check . ○ Add missing data or make changes where necessary. ○ To send the completed purchase order to the supplier, click Order .

If an approval process is in place, the system sends the purchase order for approval first. ● Cancel the purchase order.

If you cancel the purchase order, the system cancels the task and removes it from your worklist.

For more information, see Purchase Order Processing.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this task using the Business Task Management for Purchase Requestand Order Management fine-tuning activity. For example, a key user can deactivate the task.


6.6.4 Task – Approve Purchase Order

OverviewIf the total net value of a purchase order exceeds the approval limit defined in configuration, the system will createthis task.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is always one day after creation.




● The manager of the operational purchasing org unit ● If the Purchase Order Approval by Most Expensive Line Item business option has been selected in scoping,

the system will compare all line items in the purchase order and determine the cost object of the mostexpensive line item based on the total value of each line item. The system determines the employeeresponsible for the cost object of the most expensive line item and sends the purchase order for approval tothis person. The cost object can be, for example, a project or cost center. If no responsible manager can bedetermined for this cost object, the purchasing unit manager is taken as approver.

● Any defined alternative approver for the operational purchasing org unit or cost center, or “all” org units inthe context of purchasing (or “all” org units) also receive the task.


If no manager is assigned to an org unit, a manager can be assigned manually. Contact an administrator torequest creation of the missing information. The assignment of managers to the operational purchasing orgunit is maintained in the Organizational Management work center.

The relevant manager and the alternative approvers receive this task in the Approvals view of the Managing MyArea work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Approvals (in Managing My Area) and Alternative Approver for PurchaseOrders Work Category.


● To approve the purchase order and release it, click Approve . ● If you are not satisfied with the purchase order, click Reject .

The purchase order is rejected and the system sends the Purchase Order Rejected [page 340] notificationto the employee responsible. The approver can add a note to explain the reason for rejection. If the purchaseorder is rejected, the approval process cannot be restarted.

● If you want the user who created the purchase order to make a change to the approval request and thenresubmit it, enter a comment and click Send Back for Revision .The employee responsible receives the Revise Purchase Order [page 338] task and can change the purchaseorder and restart the approval process.

Once the purchase order is approved, rejected, or sent back for revision, the system completes the task and removesit from the worklist.For more information, see Process An Approval Request.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this task using the Business Task Management for Purchase Requestand Order Management fine-tuning activity.It is possible to determine the approval limit of the total net value of this task in the Purchase Order Approvals fine-tuning activity. For more information, see Configuration: Purchase Order Approvals.It is also possible to activate or deactivate the Purchase Order Approval by Most Expensive Line Item business optionin scoping.


See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementPurchase Orders Quick GuideNotification - Approved Purchase Order Changed [page 341]

6.6.5 Task – Revise Purchase Order

OverviewThe task is raised because an approver returns a purchase order for revision to the employee responsible.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is always one day after creation.



● Check the comments of the approver or contact the approver directly. ● Change the purchase order, if necessary, and resend it. ● Cancel the purchase order to stop the purchasing process.

The task is completed and removed from the worklist when the purchase order is resent or canceled.For more information, see Purchase Order Processing.





6.6.6 Task - Goods Returned to Supplier; Change Purchase Order ifRequired

OverviewThis task is raised because goods have been returned to a supplier for one or more purchase order items using anoutbound delivery or a goods return.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is three days after creation.


ResponseTo respond to this task, you can choose the following courses of action:

● If a substitute delivery is expected, you can change the delivery date or quantity, or you can cancel purchaseorder items.

● You can confirm the receipt of the substitute delivery even if you have not changed the purchase order items.

The task is completed and removed from your worklist if you: ● Acknowledge the task ● Cancel the purchase order ● Cancel purchase order items

For more information, see Purchase Order Processing.




6.6.7 Task - Update of Purchase Order by Goods and Services Receipt

OverviewThe task is raised automatically if the system tries to update a purchase order with details from a goods and servicesreceipt, but the purchase order is locked and therefore cannot be updated.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to all users authorized to work in the Application and User Management work center.The users receive this task in the Business Task Management subview of the Task Distribution view in the Applicationand User Management work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Business Task Management.


● Check whether the purchase order is unlocked. ● If the purchase order is unlocked, restart the update process.

The system tries to update the purchase order again.


See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementPurchase Orders Quick GuideReceipts and Returns Quick Guide

6.6.8 Notification – Purchase Order Rejected

OverviewThe notification informs the employee responsible that the approver has rejected the purchase order.The default priority of this type of notification is medium but can be configured. The notification is canceledautomatically by the system after 30 days.



RelevanceThe notification is relevant for the employee responsible maintained in the purchase order.The employee responsible receives this notification in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.

ResponseYou can open the notification and check the comments made by the approver, or you can contact the approverdirectly.To complete the notification and remove it from the worklist, you can acknowledge it as follows:




6.6.9 Notification - Approved Purchase Order Changed

OverviewThe notification is raised because a purchase order has been changed after it was sent to the supplier and one of thefollowing is true:

● Before the change, the purchase order met the approval conditions defined in fine-tuning and was approved. ● Before the change, the purchase order did not require approval, but it now meets the approval conditions

defined in fine-tuning.

The following changes to a sent purchase order raise this notification: ● One or more purchase order items have been deleted. ● One or more purchase order items have been added. ● The price, quantity, limit, or delivery period has been changed.


The default priority of this type of notification is medium but can be configured. The system automatically cancelsthe notification after 30 days.

RelevanceThe notification is relevant for the following:

● Manager of the operational purchasing unit. ● Any alternative approver for the operational purchasing org unit or cost center or “all” org units in the context

of purchasing (or “all” org units) as defined by the key user also get the approval task.


If no manager is assigned to an org unit, the key user can assign a manager manually. Contact yourkey user to request creation of the missing information. The assignment of managers to the OperationalPurchasing org unit is maintained in the Organizational Management work center.

The relevant users receive the notification in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.

ResponseTo see what has been changed in the purchase order, open the purchase order and choose the Changes tab.To complete the notification and remove it from the worklist, you can acknowledge it as follows:


ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this task using the Business Task Management for Purchase Requestand Order Management fine-tuning activity. For example, you can deactivate the notification in configuration, orchange the priority to influence the ranking of the notification in the worklist.It is possible to activate or deactivate the Purchase Order Approval by Most Expensive Line Item business option inscoping.




6.7 Purchase Order Acknowledgment

6.7.1 Task – Check Deviating Purchase Order Acknowledgment

OverviewWhen a buyer saves a purchase order acknowledgment (PO acknowledgment) or the system automatically createsa PO acknowledgment in the system based on the supplier's response, the system checks the PO acknowledgmentagainst the relevant purchase order. If the price, delivery date, or quantity of the PO acknowledgment is different tothose in the purchase order, the system creates a task.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is one week after creation.



● If the purchase order acknowledgment is correct, accept the deviations.The system automatically updates the purchase order to match the values in the purchase order. The systemcompletes the task and removes it from your worklist.

● If the purchase order acknowledgment is incorrect, reject the deviations.The system automatically creates a new purchase order acknowledgment that matches the purchase order.The system completes the task and removes it from your worklist.


See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementPurchase Order Acknowledgments


6.8 Goods and Services Receipt

6.8.1 Task - Complete Goods and Services Receipt

OverviewWhen a user saves a draft goods and services receipt, the system assigns the status In Preparation and creates atask to complete the goods and services receipt.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is one week after creation.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to all employees to whom the Receipts and Returns view is assigned and who have authorizationfor this goods and services receipt.The user receives this task in the Receipts and Returns view of the Goods and Services Receipt work center.For more information, see Receipts and Returns Quick Guide.


● Open and complete the goods and services receipt. When you post the goods and services receipt, the systemcloses the task and removes it from your worklist. To complete the task: ○ Open the goods and services receipt editor by clicking the subject of the task or clicking Edit . ○ To check the consistency of the goods and services receipt, click Check . ○ Add missing data or make changes, where necessary. ○ To release the completed goods and services receipt, click Post .

● Cancel the goods and services receipt.If you cancel the goods and services receipt, the system cancels the task and removes it from your worklist.

For more information, see Goods and Services Receipt and Goods Return Processing.





6.8.2 Task – Approve Goods and Services Receipt

OverviewIf the over-delivery tolerance of the purchase order is exceeded by the goods and services receipt, the system createsa task to approve the goods and services receipt only for non-stock items.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is always one day after creation.

The system does not create a task for goods and services receipts that were created automatically based ontime sheets since these recorded times have already been approved.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to the employee responsible of the cost center or project of each item in the goods and servicesreceipt, not just those that deviate from the related purchase order.

Since the system determines the employee responsible of each item of the goods and services receipt, it ispossible that it sends this task to more than one employee responsible.

The employee responsible is one of the following: ● Cost center manager or project manager of the accounting object ● Line manager of the person who created the goods and services receipt for all other accounting types

The relevant cost center manager receives this task in the Approvals view of the Managing My Area work center.The relevant project manager receive this task in the Approvals view of the Project Management work center.Employees responsible also receive this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Approvals (in Managing My Area), Quick Guide for Approvals (in ProjectManagement), and Quick Guide for Work Inbox.


● To approve the goods and services receipt and release it for further processing, click Approve .

A goods and services receipt can only be approved once. Since it is possible that the system sends thistask to more than one employee responsible, it completes the task and removes it from the worklistas soon as one of the employees responsible has approved it.

The system sends a Goods and Services Receipt Approved [page 347] notification to the employeeresponsible.

● If you are not satisfied with the goods and services receipt, click Reject .The goods and services receipt is rejected and the system sends a Goods and Services Receipt Rejected[page 348] notification to the employee responsible. You can add a note to explain the reason for rejection.If the goods and services receipt is rejected, the employee responsible cannot restart the approval process.

● If you want the employee responsible to make a change to the approval request and then resubmit it, entera comment and click Send Back for Revision .


The employee responsible receives the Revise Goods and Services Receipt [page 346] task and can changethe goods and services receipt to restart the approval process.

Once the goods and services receipt is approved, rejected, or sent back for revision, the system completes the taskand removes it from the worklist.For more information, see Process An Approval Request.



6.8.3 Task - Revise Goods and Services Receipt

OverviewThe task is raised because an approver returns a goods and services receipt for revision to the employee responsible.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is always one week after creation.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to the employee responsible maintained in the goods and services receipt.The employee responsible receives this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.


● Check the comments of the approver or get in contact with the approver directly. ● Change the goods and services receipt, if necessary. ● Post the goods and services receipt.

If required, the system sends the goods and services receipt for approval again.

The task is completed and removed from the worklist if the goods and services receipt is posted, deleted, or sent forapproval.For more information, see Goods and Services Receipt and Goods Return Processing.





6.8.4 Notification – Goods and Services Receipt Approved

OverviewThe notification informs the employee responsible that the goods and services receipt has been approved.The default priority of this type of notification is medium but can be configured. The system automatically cancelsthis notification after 30 days.

RelevanceThe notification is relevant to the employee responsible for the cost center or project of each item in the goods andservices receipt. The employee responsible is one of the following:

● Cost center manager or project manager of the accounting object.

● For limit items, the employee responsible of the related purchase order.

The relevant user receives this notification in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.



ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this notification using the Business Task Management for PurchaseRequest and Order Management fine-tuning activity. For example, you can deactivate the notification if you do notneed it in your business processes or you can change the priority of the notification.



6.8.5 Notification – Goods and Services Receipt Rejected

OverviewThe notification informs the employee responsible that the approver has rejected the goods and services receipt.The default priority of this type of notification is medium but can be configured. The notification is canceledautomatically by the system after 30 days.

RelevanceThe notification is relevant to the employee responsible of the goods and services receipt. The employee responsibleis one of the following:

● If the goods and services receipt is created manually, the employee who created the goods and servicesreceipt.

● For limit items in a goods and services receipt, the employee responsible for the related purchase order. ● If the goods and services receipt is created automatically, no approval process takes place, and this

notification is not raised.

The employee responsible receives this notification in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.

ResponseCheck the comments of the approver or contact the approver directly.The document is rejected and cannot be resent.To complete the notification and remove it from the worklist, you can acknowledge it as follows:






6.9 Supplier Invoice

6.9.1 Task - Complete Supplier Invoice

OverviewWhen an accountant saves a draft supplier invoice or an employee posts an invoice but is not allowed to post invoicingdocuments, the system assigns the status In Process and creates a task to complete the supplier invoice.For more information, see Additional Accountant Work Category.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is one day after creation.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to all employees to whom the Work view of the Supplier Invoicing work center is assigned andwho have authorization for this invoice.The accountant receives this task in the Work view of the Supplier Invoicing work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work (in Supplier Invoicing).


● Open and complete the supplier invoice. When you post the supplier invoice, the system closes the task andremoves it from your worklist. To complete the task: ○ Open the supplier invoice editor from the worklist. ○ Add missing data or make changes where necessary. ○ To check the consistency of the supplier invoice, click Check . ○ To release the completed supplier invoice for payment, click Post .

If an approval process is in place, the system sends the supplier invoice for approval. ● Void the supplier invoice.

If you void the supplier invoice, the system cancels the task and removes it from your worklist.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this task using the Business Task Management for Supplier Invoicingfine-tuning activity.



6.9.2 Task – Approve Supplier Invoice

OverviewThe system creates this task because at least one of the following is true for an invoicing document, such as aninvoice, credit memo, or down payment request:

● The total gross value of the document exceeds the approval limit defined in configuration. ● The document contains items without reference to a purchase order or a purchasing contract. ● The employee who edited the document has also accepted an exception; to avoid a conflict of interest, a

second person has to approve the document.

This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is always one day after creation.


● The manager of the supplier invoicing org unit ● Any alternative approver for the supplier invoicing org unit as defined by the key user ● Any alternative approver for all org units as defined by the key user ● If no approver is defined for any of the above, the approver is the line manager of the employee responsible

of the invoicing document.

If no manager is assigned to an org unit, the key user can manually assign a manager in the OrganizationalManagement work center.

The relevant manager and alternative approvers receive this task in the Approvals view of the Managing My Areawork center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Approvals (in Managing My Area) and Alternative Approver for SupplierInvoices Work Category.


● To approve and release the invoicing document, click Approve .The system automatically posts the invoicing document.

● If you are not satisfied with the invoicing document, click Reject .The invoicing document is rejected, and the system sends the Supplier Invoice Rejected notification to theemployee responsible. The approver can add a note to explain the reason for rejection. If the document isrejected, the system automatically voids it, and the approval process cannot be restarted. For moreinformation, see Notification — Supplier Invoice Rejected [page 355].



● If you want the employee responsible to make a change to the approval request and then resubmit it, entera comment and click Send Back for Revision .The employee responsible receives the Revise Supplier Invoice task, changes the invoicing document, andrestarts the approval process. For more information, see Task — Revise Supplier Invoice [page 351].

For more information, see Process An Approval Request.Once the invoicing document is approved, rejected, or sent back for revision, the system completes the task andremoves it from the worklist.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this task using the Business Task Management for Supplier Invoicingfine-tuning activity.It is possible to define the approval limit of the total gross value of this task type in the Supplier Invoice Approvalsfine-tuning activity. If an invoicing document contains items without reference to a purchase order or purchasingcontract, it is also possible to define that approval is always required. For more information, see Configuration:Supplier Invoice Approvals.In the Random Invoice Check fine-tuning activity, it is possible to define a percentage of invoicing documents thatrequire additional approval because the employee who edited the document has also accepted an exception. Formore information, see Configuration: Random Invoice Check.

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementQuick Guide for Work (in Supplier Invoicing)

6.9.3 Task – Revise Supplier Invoice

OverviewThe task is raised because an approver returns a supplier invoice for revision to the employee responsible.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is always one day after creation.




● Check the comments of the approver or contact the approver directly. ● If necessary, change the supplier invoice and post it again. ● Block the supplier invoice. ● Void the supplier invoice to end the supplier invoicing process.

The task is completed and removed from the worklist when the supplier invoice is posted again or voided.



6.9.4 Task - Check Customs Invoices for Canceled Supplier Invoice

OverviewThe system raises this task because a supplier invoice has been canceled and at least one customs invoice is assignedto the referenced purchase order.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is set to one week after task creation.


ResponseTo respond to this task, open the task and proceed as follows:

1. Open the referenced purchase order.2. Check the document flow of the purchase order item to access the customs invoice.3. Decide whether it is necessary to cancel the customs invoice.4. To remove the task from the worklist, complete it manually.





6.9.5 Task - Cancel Invoice if Required; Preceding PurchaseDocument Canceled

OverviewThe system raises this task for a posted supplier invoice or credit memo because one or more items in a precedingdocument, such as a purchase order or goods receipt, has been canceled.

Reversing a goods receipt has consequences in accounting. For more information, see Effects inAccounting on Reversing a Goods Receipt.

This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is one day after creation.


ResponseTo respond to this task, check the preceding document and cancel the assigned invoice or credit memo. For moreinformation, see Cancel an Invoicing Document.Once you have canceled invoice or credit memo, or completed the task manually, the task is completed and thesystem removes it from the worklist.For more information on completing tasks automatically or manually, see Working with Tasks, Notifications, andAlerts.




6.9.6 Task - Cancel Invoice if Required; Preceding PurchaseDocument Changed or Blocked

OverviewThe system raises this task for a posted supplier invoice or credit memo because one or more items in a precedingdocument, such as an inbound delivery, have been changed or blocked.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is one day after creation.


ResponseTo respond to this task, check the preceding document and choose one of the following courses of action:

● Cancel the assigned invoice or credit memo. ● Create a credit memo for the invoice, or create an invoice for the credit memo.

If you cancel the invoice or credit memo, or complete the task manually, the task is completed and the systemremoves it from the worklist.


See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementQuick Guide for Invoices and Credit Memos (in Supplier Invoicing)



6.9.7 Notification – Supplier Invoice Rejected

OverviewThe notification informs the employee responsible that the approver has rejected the supplier invoice.The default priority of this type of notification is medium but can be configured. The notification is canceledautomatically by the system after 30 days.

RelevanceThe notification is relevant to the employee responsible of the suppler invoice.The employee responsible receives this notification in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.

ResponseCheck the comments of the approver or contact the approver directly.The document is rejected and cannot be resent.To complete the notification and remove it from the worklist, you can acknowledge it as follows:


ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this notification using the Business Task Management for SupplierInvoicing fine-tuning activity. For example, you can deactivate the notification if you do not need it in your businessprocesses, or you can change the priority of the notification.

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementQuick Guide for Invoice Entry (in Supplier Invoicing)

6.9.8 Task - Clarify Exceptions for Supplier Invoice

OverviewThe task is raised because the supplier invoice has one or more exceptions. Exceptions have to be clarified before asupplier invoice can be posted.


This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is set to one day after creation.


ResponseTo respond to this task, open the task, choose the Exceptions tab and check the exceptions.Depending on the exception and your business process, you have the following options:

● Correct the exception directly, for example, if internal data is missing. ● Accept the exception if possible. For example, you can accept exceptions for missing goods and services

receipts or returns, price variances, quantity variances, or tax variances. ● Forward the exception to the person responsible to ask for additional information to solve the exception.

Once all exceptions have been clarified, the system completes the task and removes it from the worklist.For more information, see Exception Handling.

ConfigurationThe attributes of this task are fully predefined and cannot be configured.It is possible to configure certain elements of invoice exceptions using the Supplier Invoice Exceptions fine-tuningactivity. For more information, see Supplier Invoice Exceptions.


6.9.9 Task - Clarify Invoice Exception Missing/Wrong InternalInformation for Supplier Invoice

OverviewWhen accountants enter an invoice in the system or the system creates an invoice automatically, the system usesautomated invoice verification to identify whether the invoice contains the following:

● Product, product description, or product category ● Accounting data ● Net value ● Same product or product category as contained in the purchasing document



● Same accounting data as contained in the purchasing document

If any of this information is missing or different to that in the related purchasing document, the accountant canrequest another processor to help clarify the exception. In this case, the system creates a task to clarify the invoiceexception.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is one day after creation.

RelevanceThe task is relevant to the processor entered by the accountant when forwarding the supplier invoice for clarification.The relevant processor receives this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view of the Home work center.For more information, see Quick Guide for Work Inbox.


1. Open the task.2. Check any notes or attachments from the sender.3. Check the missing or wrong information according to the exceptions list and enter a note or attachment for

the sender.4. Return the clarification to the sender.

When you have responded to the clarification request, or another processor has resolved the exception, and theinvoice is posted, canceled, or voided, the system closes the task and removes it from your worklist.For more information, see Exception Handling.



6.9.10 Task - Clarify Invoice Exception Missing/Wrong ExternalInformation for Supplier Invoice

OverviewWhen accountants enter an invoice in the system or the system creates an invoice automatically, the system usesautomated invoice verification to identify whether the invoice contains the following:


● Invoice date ● Total gross value ● Supplier invoice ID ● Positive total net value ● Zero balance

If any of this information is missing, the total net value is a negative amount, or the balance amount is not equal tozero, the system creates a task to clarify the invoice exception.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is one day after creation.



1. Open the task.2. Check any notes or attachments from the sender.3. Check the missing or wrong information according to the exceptions list and enter a note or attachment for

the sender.4. Return the clarification to the sender.






6.9.11 Task - Clarify Invoice Exception Missing Goods Receipt orReturn for Supplier Invoice

OverviewWhen accountants enter a supplier invoice in the system, or the system creates an invoice automatically, the systemuses automated invoice verification to identify whether an expected goods and services receipt or a goods return isavailable for the invoice.If an expected goods and services receipt or goods return is missing, the accountant can request another processorto help clarify the exception. In this case, the system creates a task for the processor to clarify the invoice exception.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is one day after creation.



1. Open the task.2. Check any notes or attachments from the sender.3. Check the details of the missing goods and services receipt or goods return and choose one of the following

courses of action: ● If possible, create the missing goods and services receipt or goods return immediately. ● Click Allow Post Without Receipt/Return Document . ● Click Allow Post Once Receipt/Return Document is Confirmed . ● If you do not expect a goods receipt, add a note for the accountant. ● If you have any additional questions, return the clarification request to the sender.

When you have responded to the clarification request, or another processor has resolved the exception, the systemcloses the task and removes it from your worklist.For more information, see Exception Handling.




6.9.12 Task - Clarify Invoice Exception Possible Duplicate for SupplierInvoice

OverviewWhen accountants enter a supplier invoice in the system or the system creates an invoice automatically, the systemuses automated invoice verification to identify whether the new invoice is a possible duplicate of an existing postedinvoice.The system finds possible duplicates as follows:

● A default check searches for supplier invoices with the same supplier invoice number, supplier ID, and a datewithin 7 days of the new invoice being entered. The system then generates a list of possible duplicates.

● If the default check does not find any possible duplicate invoices, the system runs a further check coveringadditional fields defined in the Invoice Exception Criteria and Processing fine-tuning activity. If two or moreinvoices have identical or similar values for all defined fields, they are regarded as possible duplicates.

If possible duplicates exist, the accountant can request another processor to help clarify the exception. In this case,the system creates a task to clarify the invoice exception.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is one day after creation.



1. Open the task.2. Check any notes or attachments from the sender.3. Compare the invoice details with the similar invoice already posted in the system, and enter a note or

attachment for the sender.4. Return the clarification to the sender.






6.9.13 Task - Clarify Invoice Exception Price Variance for SupplierInvoice

OverviewWhen accountants enter a supplier invoice in the system or the system creates a supplier invoice automatically, thesystem uses automated invoice verification to identify whether the price or value of the items in the supplier invoiceare higher than the price in the purchase order or purchasing contract.If the price of the items is higher than the tolerance defined in the Invoice Exception Criteria and Processing fine-tuning activity, the accountant can request another processor to help clarify the exception. In this case, the systemcreates a task to clarify the invoice exception.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is one day after creation.



1. Open the task.2. Check any notes or attachments from the sender.3. Check the variance and enter a note or attachment for the sender.4. Return the clarification to the sender.





6.9.14 Task - Clarify Invoice Exception Quantity Variance for SupplierInvoice

OverviewWhen accountants enter a supplier invoice in the system or the system creates a supplier invoice automatically, thesystem uses automated invoice verification to identify whether the quantity of the items in the supplier invoice ishigher than the quantity recorded in the system as received or returned.If the quantity of the items in the supplier invoice is higher than the tolerance defined in the Invoice Exception Criteriaand Processing fine-tuning activity, the accountant can request another processor to help clarify the exception. Inthis case, the system creates a task to clarify the invoice exception.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is one day after creation.









6.9.15 Task - Clarify Invoice Exception Tax Variance for SupplierInvoice

OverviewWhen accountants enter a supplier invoice in the system or the system creates a supplier invoice automatically, thesystem uses automated invoice verification to identify whether the tax amount in the supplier invoice is higher thanthe tax amount calculated by the system.If the tax amount in the supplier invoice or credit memo is higher than the tolerance defined in the Invoice ExceptionCriteria and Processing fine-tuning activity, the accountant can request another processor to help clarify theexception. In this case, the system creates a task to clarify the invoice exception.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is one day after creation.








6.9.16 Task - Clarify Invoice Exception Others for Supplier Invoice

OverviewWhen accountants enter a supplier invoice in the system or the system automatically creates a supplier invoice , thesystem uses automated invoice verification to identify whether the invoice contains an error.If the invoice contains an error (such as, tax calculation failed or expense type not permitted, and so on), theaccountant can request another processor to help clarify the exception. In this case the system creates a task toclarify the invoice exception.This type of task always has medium priority. The due date is one day after creation.



1. Open the task.2. Check any notes or attachments from the sender.3. Check the error message for exception type Other Exceptions, resolve the error if possible, and enter a note

or attachment for the sender.4. Return the clarification to the sender.

When you have responded to the clarification request, all errors are resolved, or another processor has resolved theexception, and the invoice is posted, canceled, or voided, the system closes the task and removes it from yourworklist.For more information, see Exception Handling.













Action Result


Mass RestartProcess








Action Result











7 Supply Chain Management Task Types

7.1 Task – Accept or Reprocess Inbound Deviation

OverviewDuring the inbound logistics process, deviations may occur when receiving products from your suppliers orcustomers. When a warehouse worker confirms a warehouse task and reports a deviation, for example missing parts,the system automatically generates the inbound deviation task for the person(s) assigned to the respective org unitassociated with the Inbound Logistics org function and the Inbound Logistics work center. These users receive theinbound deviation task, and accept the deviation or trigger the reprocessing of the open quantity.

RelevanceThe decision to accept an inbound deviation or to reprocess the open quantity is essential for completing orcontinuing the inbound logistics process. The relevant users receive this task under Open Tasks in the By WarehouseOrder subview of the Monitoring view in the Inbound Logistics work center.

ResponseInbound deviation tasks are decision tasks that can either be accepted or reopened to process the open quantity.To respond to this task, choose one of the following courses of action:

Accepting Inbound DeviationsClick Accept Deviation to accept the deviation. The warehouse task is automatically completed, accepting thereduced quantity. You then have to manually correct the inventory records.

Reprocessing Open QuantitiesClick Reprocess Open Quantity if you do not accept the deviation. The open quantity then needs to be reprocessed,meaning the warehouse task is opened again for the warehouse worker. The warehouse worker must then try tocomplete this warehouse task.

ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this task type using the Business Task Management for Logistics fine-tuning activity. For example, by default this type of task has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured tosuit business requirements. By default, the priority of the task is set to one increment higher one hour after it isgenerated. You can also configure the latest due date for this task.


Supply Chain Management Task Types

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementWorking with Warehouse TasksQuick Guide for Warehouse Requests (in Inbound Logistics)

7.2 Task – Accept or Reprocess Internal Deviation

OverviewDuring the internal logistics processes, deviations may occur when you are moving products between logistics areas.When a warehouse worker confirms a warehouse task and reports a deviation, for example missing parts, the systemautomatically generates the internal deviation task for the person(s) assigned to the respective org unit associatedwith the Internal Logistics org function and the Internal Logistics work center. These users receive the internaldeviation task, and accept the deviation or trigger the reprocessing of the open quantity.

RelevanceThe decision to accept an internal deviation or to reprocess the open quantity is essential for completing or continuingthe internal logistics process.The relevant users receive this task under Open Tasks in the By Warehouse Order subview of the Monitoring view inthe Internal Logistics work center.

ResponseInternal deviation tasks are decision tasks that can either be accepted or reopened to process the open quantity.To respond to this task, choose one of the following courses of action:

Accepting DeviationsClick Accept Deviation to accept the deviation. The logistics task is automatically completed, accepting the reducedquantity. You then have to check whether in reality stock is missing and if so, create an inventory adjustment tomanually correct the inventory records. For more information, see Create an Adjustment Confirmation.


ConfigurationIt is possible to configure certain elements of this task type using the Business Task Management for Logistics fine-tuning activity. For example, by default this type of task has medium priority, however, this can be reconfigured to

SAP Business ByDesign February 2017Supply Chain Management Task Types P U B L I C • © 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved. 369

suit business requirements. By default, the priority of the task is set to one increment higher one hour after it isgenerated. You can also configure the latest due date for this task.

See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementWorking with Warehouse TasksQuick Guide for Warehouse Requests (in Internal Logistics)

7.3 Task – Accept or Reprocess Outbound Deviation

OverviewDuring the outbound logistics process, deviations may occur when outgoing products are picked or loaded to beshipped to customers or suppliers. When a warehouse worker confirms a warehouse task and reports a deviation,for example missing parts, the system automatically generates the outbound deviation task for the person(s)assigned to the org unit associated with the Outbound Logistics org function and the Outbound Logistics work center.These users receive the outbound deviation task, and accept the deviation or trigger the reprocessing of the openquantity.

RelevanceThe decision to accept an outbound deviation or to reprocess the open quantity is essential for completing orcontinuing the outbound logistics process. The relevant users receive this task under Open Tasks in the ByWarehouse Order subview of the Monitoring view in the Outbound Logistics work center.

ResponseOutbound deviation tasks are decision tasks that can either be accepted or reopened to process the open quantity.To respond to this task, choose one of the following courses of action:

Accepting DeviationsClick Accept Deviation to accept the deviation. The warehouse task is automatically completed, accepting thereduced quantity. You then have to manually correct the inventory records.

Accept Deviations and Reject Open QuantitiesClick Accept Deviation and Reject Open Quantity to accept the deviation and leave the remaining open quantity ofthe item in the Delivery Due List. The warehouse task is automatically completed, accepting the reduced quantity.You then have to manually correct the inventory records.





See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementWorking with Warehouse TasksQuick Guide for Warehouse Requests (in Outbound Logistics)

7.4 Task – Approve Count Results

OverviewDuring the physical inventory (PI) counting process, deviations may occur between the count results entered by awarehouse worker and the inventory records in the system. When a warehouse worker finishes a count task andreports a deviation, the system automatically generates the count results task for the person(s) assigned to therespective org unit associated with the Physical Inventory org function and Physical Inventory work center. A countresults task is generated for each inventory item with a deviation. These users receive the count results task, andapprove the count results, request a recount, or reject the count results.

RelevanceThe decision to approve the count results, request a recount, or reject the count results is essential for the PI countingprocess as the count results for valuable products could have a crucial impact on the financial situation of thecompany.Each task of this type refers to an organizational responsibility. The relevant users receive this task under OpenTasks in the Work subview of the Monitoring view in the Physical Inventory work center.

ResponseCount results tasks are decision tasks that can either be approved, rejected, or a new count task is assigned to therespective worker for a recount.To respond to this task, choose one of the following courses of action:

Approving Count ResultsClick Approve Count if you accept the quantity difference for the inventory item. The count results task is thenautomatically completed. The system automatically updates the inventory and the inventory records. An update onthe value difference is also sent to inventory accounting.


Requesting RecountsClick Recount to request a recount if you do not accept the quantity difference for the inventory item. A new counttask containing one count item is automatically generated by the system and assigned to the warehouse worker.The worker then performs the PI count again and finishes this count task.

Rejecting Count ResultsClick Reject Count if the count task results are invalid. This could be the case if, for example, two finished count tasksexist for the same inventory item. The rejected count will then be completed without updating inventory records orinventory accounting. This stops the PI counting process without the affected inventory items or logistics areas beingmarked as counted.


See AlsoBusiness Task ManagementQuick Guide for Monitoring (in Physical Inventory)






Action Result


Mass RestartProcess

















8 Business Analytics and Collaboration TaskTypes

8.1 Task — Check KPI Evaluation: Status Has Become Critical

OverviewThe system raises this task if the result of a key performance indicator (KPI) evaluation critically deviates from thereference value.This type of task always has very high priority.If a new calculation of the evaluation determines that the status of the evaluation has changed again, the status ofany uncompleted tasks is set to Clarified.

RelevanceThis task is relevant for subscribers of the key performance indicator (KPI) evaluation. The subscriber is a user whomonitors a KPI evaluation. This user receives this task in the Inbox subview of the Work view in the Home work center.

ResponseTo respond to this task, check the result of the KPI evaluation and manually complete tasks.



8.2 Task — Check KPI Evaluation: Status Has Changed

OverviewThe system raises this task if the result of a key performance indicator (KPI) evaluation has changed compared tothe previous result.This type of task always has very high priority.If a new calculation of the evaluation determines that the status of the evaluation has changed again, the status ofany uncompleted tasks is set to Clarified.

SAP Business ByDesign February 2017Business Analytics and Collaboration Task Types P U B L I C • © 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved. 375





8.3 Task — Check KPI Evaluation: Status Has Disimproved

OverviewThe system raises this task if the result of a key performance indicator (KPI) evaluation has become worse comparedto the previous result.This type of task always has very high priority.If a new calculation of the evaluation determines that the status of the evaluation has changed again, the status ofany uncompleted tasks is set to Clarified.





Business Analytics and Collaboration Task Types

www.sap.com/contactsap

© 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rightsreserved.No part of this publication may be reproduced ortransmitted in any form or for any purpose without theexpress permission of SAP SE or an SAP affiliatecompany.The information contained herein may be changedwithout prior notice. Some software productsmarketed by SAP SE and its distributors containproprietary software components of other softwarevendors. National product specifications may vary.These materials are provided by SAP SE or an SAPaffiliate company for informational purposes only,without representation or warranty of any kind, andSAP or its affiliated companies shall not be liable forerrors or omissions with respect to the materials. Theonly warranties for SAP or SAP affiliate companyproducts and services are those that are set forth inthe express warranty statements accompanying suchproducts and services, if any. Nothing herein should beconstrued as constituting an additional warranty.SAP and other SAP products and services mentionedherein as well as their respective logos are trademarksor registered trademarks of SAP SE (or an SAP affiliatecompany) in Germany and other countries. All otherproduct and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies. Please seehttp://www.sap.com/corporate-en/legal/copyright/index.epx for additional trademark information andnotices.

icon courtesy of W3C, see http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ .

http://www.sap.com/contactsap

http://www.sap.com/corporate-en/legal/copyright/index.epx

http://www.sap.com/corporate-en/legal/copyright/index.epx

http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/

http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/